e10vk
Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS
PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR
15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
(Mark One)
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008
OR
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                                          to                                         
Commission File Number: 0-21044
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
     
Delaware   33-0204817
(State or Other Jurisdiction   (I.R.S. Employer
of Incorporation or Organization)   Identification No.)
     
6101 Gateway Drive    
Cypress, California   90630
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (714) 820-1000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
     
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share   Nasdaq Global Select Market
(Title of Class)   (Name of each exchange on which registered)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act).
Yes o     No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes o      No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months, and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes þ      No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of the Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
             
Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer þ   Non-accelerated filer o   Smaller reporting company o
        (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).
Yes o      No þ
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2008, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter was $222,599,735 based upon the closing sale price as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market for that date.
As of March 11, 2009, 13,606,452 shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the registrant were outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
Portions of the registrant’s notice of annual meeting of shareowners and proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after registrant’s fiscal year end of December 31, 2008 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K. The Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than April 30, 2009.
Except as otherwise stated, the information contained in this Form 10-K is as of December 31, 2008.
Exhibit Index appears on page 82. This document contains 84 pages.
 
 

 


 

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
Annual Report on Form 10-K
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2008
Table of Contents
             
Item       Page
Number       Number
PART I
 
           
  Business     3  
  Risk Factors     10  
  Unresolved Staff Comments     18  
  Properties     18  
  Legal Proceedings     19  
  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     19  
 
           
PART II
 
           
  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     20  
  Selected Consolidated Financial Data     22  
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     22  
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     36  
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     38  
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     77  
  Controls and Procedures     77  
  Other Information     79  
 
           
PART III
 
           
  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance     79  
  Executive Compensation     79  
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     79  
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence     80  
  Principal Accountant Fees and Services     80  
 
           
PART IV
 
           
  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules     80  
 
  Signatures     81  
 
  Exhibit Index     82  
 EX-2.1
 EX-21.1
 EX-23.1
 EX-31.1
 EX-31.2
 EX-32.1
 EX-32.2

 


Table of Contents

Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including “ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS”, contains statements that may constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements involve management’s assumptions. While we believe that the forward-looking statements made in this report are based on reasonable assumptions, the actual outcome of such statements is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties. If these risks or uncertainties ever materialize and management’s assumptions prove incorrect, our results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements and assumptions. Further, any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which the statement is made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. New factors emerge from time to time, and it’s not possible for management to predict all such factors, nor can we assess the impact of each such factor on the business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. Therefore, forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as a prediction of actual future results.
All statements other than statements of historical fact are statements that may be deemed forward-looking statements, including but not limited to any projections of revenue, margins, expenses, tax provisions, earnings, cash flows, benefit obligations, share repurchases or other financial items; plans, strategies and objectives of management for future operations; expected development or relating to products or services; future economic conditions or performance; pending claims or disputes; expectation or belief; and assumptions underlying any of the foregoing.
Management assumptions that are subject to risks and uncertainties include those that are made about macroeconomic and geopolitical trends and events; foreign currency exchange rates; the execution and performance of contracts by customers, suppliers and partners; the challenges of managing asset levels, including inventory; the difficulty of aligning expense levels with revenue changes; the outcome of pending legislation and accounting pronouncements; and other risks that are described herein, including but not limited to the items discussed in “ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS” of this report, and that are otherwise described from time to time in our Securities and Exchange Commission reports filed after this report.
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Business of Universal Electronics Inc.
Universal Electronics Inc. was incorporated under the laws of Delaware in 1986 and began operations in 1987. The principal executive offices are located at 6101 Gateway Drive, Cypress, California 90630. As used herein, the terms “we”, “us” and “our” refer to Universal Electronics Inc. and its subsidiaries unless the context indicates to the contrary.
On February 18, 2009, we acquired certain patents, intellectual property and other assets related to the universal remote control business from Zilog Inc. (“Zilog” — NASDAQ: ZILG) for approximately $9.5 million in cash. The purchase included Zilog’s full library and database of infrared codes, and software tools. We also hired approximately 115 of Zilog’s sales and engineering personnel, including all 103 of Zilog’s personnel located in India. In a related transaction, Maxim Integrated Products (“Maxim” — NASDAQ: MXIM) acquired two of Zilog’s product lines, namely, the hardware portion of Zilog’s remote control business and Zilog’s secured transaction product line. We have cross-licensed the remote control technology and intellectual property with Maxim Integrated Products for purpose of conducting our respective businesses. For further information about this acquisition see “ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -Results of Operations” and “ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA — Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 24.”
Additional information regarding UEI can be obtained at www.uei.com.

3


Table of Contents

Business Segment
Overview
Universal Electronics Inc. is a provider of a broad line of products, software, and technologies that are marketed to enhance home entertainment systems. Our offerings include the following:
    easy-to-use, pre-programmed universal infrared (“IR”) and radio frequency (“RF”) remote controls that are sold primarily to multiple systems operators (“MSOs”), consumers, original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”), and private labels,
 
    audio-video (“AV”) accessories sold to consumers,
 
    integrated circuits, on which our software and universal IR remote control database is embedded, sold primarily to OEMs and private labels,
 
    intellectual property which we license primarily to OEMs, software development companies, private labels, and MSOs, and
 
    software, firmware and technology solutions that can enable devices such as TVs, set-top boxes, stereos, automotive audio systems, cell phones and other consumer electronic devices to wirelessly connect and interact with home networks and interactive services to deliver digital entertainment and information.
Our business is comprised of one reportable segment.
Principal Products and Markets
Our principal markets include MSOs in the cable and satellite subscription broadcasting markets, as well as OEM, private label, retailer and custom installer companies that operate in the consumer electronics market.
We provide MSOs, namely cable operators and satellite service providers, both domestically and internationally, with our universal remote control devices and integrated circuits, on which our software and IR code database is embedded, to support the demand associated with the deployment of digital set-top boxes that contain the latest technology and features. We also sell our universal remote control devices and integrated circuits, on which our software and IR code database is embedded, to OEMs that manufacture wireless control devices, cable converters or satellite receivers for resale in their products.
For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, our sales to Comcast Communications, Inc., represented 13.4%, 13.3% and 12.0% of our net sales, respectively. No other single customer accounted for 10% or more of our net sales in 2008, 2007, or 2006. However, DirecTV and its subcontractors collectively accounted for 19.3%, 16.9% and 17.7% of our net sales for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.
We continue to pursue further penetration of the more traditional OEM consumer electronics markets. Customers in these markets generally package our wireless control devices for resale with their AV home entertainment products. We also sell customized chips, which include our software and/or customized software packages, to these customers. Growth in this line of business has been driven by the proliferation and increasing complexity of home entertainment equipment, emerging digital technology, multimedia and interactive internet applications, and the number of OEMs.
We continue to place significant emphasis on expanding our sales and marketing efforts to subscription broadcasters and OEMs in Asia, Latin America and Europe. We will continue to add new sales people to support anticipated sales growth in these markets over the next few years.
In the international retail markets, our One For All® brand name remote control and accessories accounted for 15.6%, 17.9%, and 20.4% of our total net sales for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. Throughout 2008, we continued our retail sales and marketing efforts in Europe, Australia, New Zealand, South Africa, the Middle East, Mexico and selected countries in Asia and Latin America. Financial information relating to our international operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 is included in “ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA-Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements-Note 19”.

4


Table of Contents

In 2008 we began to lay the ground work to expand our presence in the domestic retail markets. During the second quarter of 2008 we signed an agreement with Audiovox Accessories Corporation to be the exclusive supplier of embedded microcontrollers and infrared database software for Audiovox’s complete line of RCA universal remote controls sold in the North American retail markets. We also agreed to develop future remote controls for existing brands in the Audiovox lineup and granted Audiovox an exclusive license to sell and distribute our One For All® brand remote controls and accessories in North America.
Technology
We hold a number of patents in the United States and abroad related to our products and technology, and have filed domestic and foreign applications for other patents that are pending. We had a total of 148 and 175 issued and pending United States patents at the end of 2008 and 2007, respectively. The reduction in the number of issued and pending patents resulted from the expiration of 1 patent and our sale of 37 patents, offset by 11 new patent filings. The 37 patents sold were no longer valuable to our core business. Management may sell patents from time to time if we determine the patents are no longer valuable to our core business or their market value exceeds the value we are likely to otherwise realize. Our patents have remaining lives ranging from approximately one to eighteen years. We have also obtained copyright registration and claim copyright protection for certain proprietary software and libraries of IR codes. Additionally, the names of most of our products are registered, or are being registered, as trademarks in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and in most of the other countries in which such products are sold. These registrations are valid for a variety of terms ranging up to 20 years and may be renewed as long as the trademarks continue to be used and are deemed by management to be important to our operations. While we follow the practice of obtaining patent, copyright and trademark registrations on new developments whenever advisable, in certain cases, we have elected common law trade secret protection in lieu of obtaining such other protection.
Since our beginning in 1986, we have compiled an extensive IR code library that covers over 400,000 individual device functions and over 3,600 individual consumer electronic equipment brand names. Our library is regularly updated with IR codes used in newly introduced AV devices. These IR codes are captured directly from the remote control devices or the manufacturer’s written specifications to ensure the accuracy and integrity of the database. We believe that our universal remote control database is capable of controlling virtually all IR controlled TVs, VCRs, DVD players, cable converters, CD players, audio components and satellite receivers, as well as most other infrared remote controlled home entertainment devices and home automation control modules worldwide.
Our proprietary software and know-how permit us to compress IR codes before we load them into our products. This provides significant cost and space efficiencies that enable us to include more codes and features in the memory space of our wireless control devices than are included in the similarly priced products of our competitors.
With today’s rapidly changing technology, upgradeability ensures the compatibility of our remote controls with future home entertainment devices. We have developed patented technology that provides users the capability to easily upgrade the memory of our remote controls with IR codes that were not originally included using their personal computer or telephone. These upgrade options utilize one or two-way communication to upgrade the remote controls’ IR codes or firmware depending on the requirements.
Each of our wireless control devices is designed to simplify the use of home entertainment and other equipment. To appeal to the mass market, the number of buttons is minimized to include only the most popular functions. Another patented ease of use feature we offer in several of our products is our user programmable macro key. This feature allows the user to program a sequence of commands onto a single key, to be played back each time that key is subsequently pressed.
Our remote controls are also designed for easy set-up. For most of our products, the consumer simply inputs a four-digit code for each device to be controlled. During 2007, building on our strategy to develop new products and technologies to further simplify remote control set-up, we created the One For All® X-sightTM product (formerly called Stealth USB) and the EZ-RCTM Web-based remote control set-up application (formerly called EZ-Web), both released in Europe during the fourth quarter of 2008. The X-sightTM is a remote control device that utilizes a touch screen LCD display to augment the user experience for both set-up and operation. The X-sightTM has a mini USB

5


Table of Contents

port that can be connected to a personal computer. Once connected to a personal computer, our customers can utilize the EZ-RCTM remote control set-up application’s graphical interface to fully program their remote control. Each remote control user can create their own personal profile on the device, with their favorite channels, custom functions, and more.
Another product we developed during 2007 was an automated set-up method that utilizes a set-top box. This product, designed for subscription broadcasters, will help to simplify the end user’s set-up experience by allowing them to interface with their set-top box, using their television, to program a remote. The set-top box can memorize the set-up parameters allowing the user to restore the set-up to a new or existing remote.
Wireless networking is one of today’s fastest growing trends. Combining our connectivity software and patent portfolio with Universal Plug-n-Play (“UPnP”) standards and the 802.11 wireless networking protocols, we developed our Nevo® product line. NevoSL®, which began shipping during the second quarter of 2005, is a stand alone universal wireless controller that uses Wi-Fi to control the play back or viewing of MP3s, photos, and videos stored on a PC, through any UPnP media player attached to a home entertainment system. By utilizing the touch screen user interface, customers may select play lists, slide shows, or videos to be played via the media player from anywhere within the networks range. In addition, NevoSL® utilizes infrared technology to control virtually all infrared controlled consumer electronic devices, and may also be utilized to control wireless household appliances.
Building on the Nevo line, in 2007 we launched three new products for the custom installer market: NevoQ50®; NevoConnect® NC-50 base station; and NevoStudio Pro® programming software. NevoQ50® and NevoConnect include Z-wave™ functionality to enable bi-directional RF control to take full advantage of the Z-Wave™ “mesh networking” technologies, improving the range and increasing the reliability of signal transmissions. Voltage sensing and video state detection allows the controller to detect whether AV equipment is on or off for improved macro execution. NevoStudio Pro was updated with an easy wizard interface, drag and drop programming, and the ability to generate configuration files for both the remote and base station simultaneously within a single application.
In January 2008, we continued to broaden our line of advanced function remotes for the custom installer market with the release of NevoS70®. The NevoS70® combines all the technology of the NevoQ50® with access to web-based services to deliver real-time information such as news, sports and stock quotes; extended battery life; and the ability to view and control any device that has a compatible embedded web server, such as many web-based cameras and media servers.
During the first quarter of 2009 we intend to release a major software update to the NevoS70® and NevoQ50®. This update will enable two-way Z-Wave™ control and communication for home control systems such as lighting, HVAC, window coverings, and others. Two-way Z-Wave™ communication gives the user immediate feedback on the remote to indicate the current status of their Z-Wave™ devices. For example, users may see on the remote’s display what lights are on and their brightness levels (for dimmers), and may also check the thermostat for the current temperature. In addition, this software update enables two-way serial communication, including metadata transmission, with select third-party devices. These devices include digital media servers and AV distribution systems.
The Nevo® product line supports the attainment of our strategic goal to build our presence as a wireless control technology leader, enabling consumers to wirelessly connect, control, and interact within the ever-increasingly complex home.
Methods of Distribution
Our distribution methods for our remote control devices are dependent on the sales channel. We distribute remote control devices directly to MSOs and OEMs, both domestically and internationally. In the North American retail channel, we license our One For All® brand name to Audiovox, who in turn sells products directly to certain domestic retailers and third party distributors. Outside of North America, we sell our wireless control devices and AV accessories under the One For All® and private label brand names to retailers through our international subsidiaries. We utilize third party distributors for the custom installer channel, and for retail in countries where we do not have subsidiaries.

6


Table of Contents

We have twelve international subsidiaries, Universal Electronics B.V., established in the Netherlands, One For All GmbH, established in Germany, One for All Iberia S.L., established in Spain, One For All UK Ltd., established in the United Kingdom, One For All Argentina S.R.L., established in Argentina, One For All France S.A.S., established in France, Universal Electronics Italia S.R.L., established in Italy, UE Singapore Pte. Ltd., established in Singapore, UEI Hong Kong Pte. Ltd., established in Hong Kong, UEI Electronics Pte. Ltd., established in India, UEI Cayman Inc., established in the Cayman Islands and Ultra Control Consumer Electronics GmbH, established in Germany.
We have developed a broad portfolio of patented technologies and the industry’s leading database of IR codes. We ship integrated circuits, on which our software and IR code database is embedded, directly to manufacturers for inclusion in their products. In addition, we license our software and technology to manufacturers. Licenses are delivered upon the transfer of a product master or on a per unit basis when the software or technology is used in a customer device.
We provide domestic and international consumer support to our various universal remote control marketers, including manufacturers, cable and satellite providers, retail distributors, and audio and video original equipment manufacturers through our automated “InterVoice” system. Live agent help is available through certain programs. We also make available a free web-based support resource, www.urcsupport.com, designed specifically for MSOs. This solution offers interactive online demos and tutorials to help users easily setup their remote and commands, and as a result reduces call volume at customer support centers. Additionally, ActiveSupport®, a call center, provides customer interaction management services from service and support to retention. Pre-repair calls, post-install surveys, and inbound calls to customers provide greater bottom-line efficiencies. We continue to review our programs to determine their value in enhancing and improving the sales of our products. As a result of this continued review, some or all of these programs may be modified or discontinued in the future and new programs may be added.
Raw Materials and Dependence on Suppliers
We utilize third-party manufacturers and suppliers primarily in Asia to produce our wireless control products. In 2008, Computime, C.G. Development, Samsung and Samjin each provided more than 10% of our total inventory purchases. They collectively provided 73.1% of our total inventory purchases for 2008. In 2007, Computime, C.G. Development and Samsung each provided more than 10% of our total inventory purchases. They collectively provided 63.2% of our total inventory purchases for 2007. In 2006, Computime, C.G. Development, Freescale and Jetta each provided more than 10% of our total inventory purchases. They collectively provided 60.9% of our total inventory purchases for 2006.
We continue to evaluate additional contract manufacturers and sources of supply. During 2008, we utilized multiple contract manufacturers and maintained duplicate tooling for certain of our products. This diversification lessens our dependence on any one contract manufacturer and allows us to negotiate more favorable terms. Where possible we utilize standard parts and components, which are available from multiple sources. To reduce our dependence on our integrated circuits suppliers we continually seek additional sources, such as our new relationship with Maxim. To further manage our integrated circuit supplier dependence, we include flash microcontroller technology in most of our products. Flash microcontrollers can have shorter lead times than standard microcontrollers and may be reprogrammed if necessary. This allows us flexibility during any unforeseen shipping delays and has the added benefit of potentially reducing excess and obsolete inventory exposure.
Seasonality
Historically, our business has been influenced by the retail sales cycle, with increased sales in the last half of the year and the largest proportion of sales occurring in the last quarter. In 2007, our net sales in the first half of the year exceeded our net sales in the second. This was primarily the result of strong demand from our domestic cable customers in the first and second quarters of 2007. This demand was driven by their effort to meet the Open Cable Applications Platform (“OCAP”) July 1, 2007 deadline. In 2008, our sales cycle returned to its historical pattern and we expect this pattern to be repeated in 2009.

7


Table of Contents

See “ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA — Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 23” for further details regarding our quarterly results.
Competition
Our principal competitor in the domestic MSO market is Philips Consumer Electronics. In the international retail and private label markets for wireless controls we compete with Philips Consumer Electronics, Thomson and Sony as well as various manufacturers of wireless controls in Asia. Our primary competitors in the OEM market are the original equipment manufacturers themselves and wireless control manufacturers in Asia. We compete against Universal Remote Control, Logitech, and Ruwido in the IR database market. Our NevoSL® product competes in the custom electronics installation market against AMX, RTI, Control4, Universal Remote Control, Philips Consumer Electronics, Logitech and many others. We compete in our markets on the basis of product quality, features, price, intellectual property and customer support. We believe that we will need to continue to introduce new and innovative products to remain competitive and to recruit and retain competent personnel to successfully accomplish our future objectives.
Engineering, Research and Development
During 2008, our engineering efforts focused on the following:
    broadening our product portfolio;
 
    modifying existing products and technologies to improve features and lower costs;
 
    formulating measures to protect our proprietary technology and general know-how;
 
    improving our software so that we may pre-program more codes into our memory chips;
 
    simplifying the set-up and upgrade process for our wireless control products; and
 
    updating our library of IR codes to include IR codes for new features and devices introduced worldwide.
Our engineering efforts included developing remote controls that combine consumer friendly interfaces and intuitive setup with advance functions. The Xsight, which was released in Europe during the fourth quarter of 2008, may be set up in minutes utilizing the intuitive menu on its color LCD display, without an instruction manual. We also developed the Web based EZ-RC™ application. Users create a personal account to begin. The application accepts any previously set up devices from the on-remote setup and then is able to add or change devices as well as personalize more advanced features such as favorites, profiles and activities.
We also developed products aimed at unifying traditional technologies that are encountered within a home, and emerging technologies. These products allow consumers to deploy our products to situations ranging from a simple IR based audio-visual stack to a modern digital media management system that allows access to digital content such as music, pictures and videos. Our NevoStudio Pro update enables two-way Z-Wave™ control and communication for home control systems such as lighting, HVAC, window coverings, and others. Two-way Z-Wave™ communication gives the user immediate feedback on the remote to indicate the current status of their Z-Wave™ devices. For example, users may see on the remote’s display what lights are on and their brightness levels (for dimmers), and may also check the thermostat for the current temperature. In addition, this software update enables two-way serial communication, including metadata transmission, with select third-party devices. These devices include digital media servers and AV distribution systems.
Our personnel are involved with various industry organizations and bodies, which are in the process of setting standards for infrared, radio frequency, power line, telephone and cable communications and networking in the home. There can be no assurance that any of our research and development projects will be successfully completed.
On February 18, 2009, we acquired certain patents, intellectual property and other assets related to the universal remote control business from Zilog Inc. for approximately $9.5 million in cash. The purchase included Zilog’s full library and database of infrared codes, and software tools. We also hired approximately 115 of Zilog’s sales and engineering personnel, including all 103 of Zilog’s personnel located in India. The engineering personnel acquired from Zilog are focused on the capture of IR codes and the development of software and firmware leading to more complete solutions to customer needs, the conceptual formulation and design of possible alternatives, as well as the

8


Table of Contents

testing of process and product cost improvements. These efforts will enable us to provide customers with reductions in design cycle times, lower costs, and improvements in integrated circuit design, product quality and overall functional performance. These efforts will also enable us to further penetrate existing markets, pursue new markets more effectively and expand our business.
Our expenditures on engineering, research and development were:
                         
(in millions):   2008     2007     2006  
Research and development (1)
  $ 8.2     $ 8.8     $ 7.4  
Engineering (2)
    6.9       3.9       5.0  
 
                 
Total engineering, research and development
  $ 15.1     $ 12.7     $ 12.4  
 
                 
 
(1)   Research and development expense for each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 includes $0.4 million of stock-based compensation expense.
 
(2)   Engineering costs are included in SG&A.
Environmental Matters
Many of our products are subject to various federal, state, local and international laws governing chemical substances in products, including laws regulating the manufacture and distribution of chemical substances and laws restricting the presence of certain substances in electronics products. We may incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and civil or criminal sanctions, third-party damages or personal injury claims, if we were to violate or become liable under environmental laws or if our products become non-compliant with environmental laws. We also face increasing complexity in our product design and procurement operations as we adjust to new and future requirements relating to the materials composition of our products.
We also may face significant costs and liabilities in connection with product take-back legislation. The European Union (the “EU”) enacted the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive (“WEEE”), which makes producers of electrical goods, including computers and printers, financially responsible for specified collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of past and future covered products. During 2007, the majority of our European subsidiaries became WEEE compliant. Our Italian subsidiary became compliant in February 2008. Similar legislation has been or may be enacted in other jurisdictions, including in the United States, Canada, Mexico, China and Japan.
We believe that we have materially complied with all currently existing international and domestic federal, state and local statutes and regulations regarding environmental standards and occupational safety and health matters to which we are subject. During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the amounts incurred in complying with federal, state and local statutes and regulations pertaining to environmental standards and occupational safety and health laws and regulations did not materially affect our earnings or financial condition. However, future events, such as changes in existing laws and regulations or enforcement policies, may give rise to additional compliance costs that may have a material adverse effect upon our capital expenditures, earnings or financial condition.
Employees
At December 31, 2008, we employed 433 employees, of which 155 worked in engineering and research and development, 69 in sales and marketing, 93 in consumer service and support, 51 in operations and warehousing and 65 in executive and administrative functions. On February 18, 2009, we acquired certain patents, intellectual property and other assets related to the universal remote control business from Zilog Inc. As a result of this transaction, we hired approximately 115 of Zilog’s sales and engineering personnel, including all 103 of Zilog’s personnel located in India. None of our employees are subject to a collective bargaining agreement or represented by a union. We consider our employee relations to be good.

9


Table of Contents

International Operations
Financial information relating to our international operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 is incorporated by reference to “ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA — Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 19” at pages 69–70.
Available Information
Our Internet address is www.uei.com. We make available free of charge through the website our annual report on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to these reports as soon as reasonably practical after we electronically file such reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These reports may be found on our website at www.uei.com under the caption “SEC Filings” on the Investor page. Investors may also obtain copies of our SEC filings from the SEC website at www.sec.gov.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
Forward Looking Statements
We caution that the following important factors, among others (including, but not limited to, factors discussed below in “ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS,” as well as those factors discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, or in our other reports filed from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission), may affect our actual results and may contribute to or cause our actual consolidated results to differ materially from those expressed in any of our forward-looking statements. The factors included here are not exhaustive. Further, any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which such statement is made, and we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for management to predict all such factors, nor can we assess the impact of each such factor on the business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. Therefore, forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as a prediction of actual future results.
While we believe that the forward-looking statements made in this report are based on reasonable assumptions, the actual outcome of such statements is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including the failure of our markets to continue growing and expanding in the manner we anticipated; the failure of our customers to grow and expand as we anticipated; the effects of natural or other events beyond our control, including the effects a war or terrorist activities may have on us or the economy; the economic environment’s effect on us or our customers; the growth of, acceptance of and the demand for our products and technologies in various markets and geographical regions, including cable, satellite, consumer electronics, retail, digital media/technology, CEDIA, interactive TV, automotive, and cellular industries not materializing or growing as we believed; our inability to add profitable complementary products which are accepted by the marketplace; our inability to continue to maintain our operating costs at acceptable levels through our cost containment efforts; our inability to realize tax benefits from various tax projects initiated from time to time; our inability to continue selling our products or licensing our technologies at higher or profitable margins; our inability to obtain orders or maintain our order volume with new and existing customers; the possible dilutive effect our stock incentive programs may have on our earnings per share and stock price; our inability to continue to obtain adequate quantities of component parts or secure adequate factory production capacity on a timely basis; and other factors listed from time to time in our press releases and filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

10


Table of Contents

We face a number of risks related to the recent financial crisis and severe tightening in the global credit markets.
General economic conditions, both domestic and international, have an impact on our business and financial results. The ongoing global financial crisis affecting the banking system and financial markets has resulted in a severe tightening in the credit markets, a low level of liquidity in many financial markets, and extreme volatility in credit and equity markets. This financial crisis may impact our business in a number of ways, including:
Potential Deferment of Purchases and Orders by Customers: Uncertainty about current and future global economic conditions may cause consumers, businesses and governments to defer purchases in response to tighter credit, decreased cash availability and declining consumer confidence. Accordingly, future demand for our products may differ materially from our current expectations.
Customers’ Inability to Obtain Financing to Make Purchases from Us and/or Maintain Their Business: Some of our customers require substantial financing in order to fund their operations and make purchases from us. The inability of these customers to obtain sufficient credit to finance purchases of our products may adversely impact our financial results. In addition, if the financial crisis results in insolvencies for our customers, it may adversely impact our financial results.
Potential Impact on Trade Receivables: Credit market conditions may slow our collection efforts as customers experience increased difficulty in obtaining requisite financing, leading to higher than normal accounts receivable balances and longer DSOs. This may result in greater expense associated with collection efforts and increased bad debt expense.
Negative Impact from Increased Financial Pressures on Third-Party Dealers, Distributors and Retailers: We make sales in certain regions of the world through third-party dealers, distributors and retailers. Although many of these third parties have significant operations and maintain access to available credit, others are smaller and more likely to be impacted by the significant decrease in available credit that has resulted from the current financial crisis. If credit pressures or other financial difficulties result in insolvency for these third parties and we are unable to successfully transition our end customers to purchase products from other third parties, or from us directly, it may adversely impact our financial results.
Negative Impact from Increased Financial Pressures on Key Suppliers: Our ability to meet customers’ demands depends, in part, on our ability to obtain timely and adequate delivery of quality materials, parts and components from our suppliers. Certain of our components are available only from a single source or limited sources. If certain key suppliers were to become capacity constrained or insolvent as a result of the financial crisis, it may result in a reduction or interruption in supplies or a significant increase in the price of supplies and adversely impact our financial results. In addition, credit constraints at key suppliers may result in accelerated payment of accounts payable by us, impacting our cash flow.
Dependence upon Key Suppliers
During 2008, four sources, Computime, C.G. Development, Samsung and Samjin, each provided over 10% of our total inventory purchases. Purchases from these suppliers collectively amounted to $135.5 million, or 73.1%, of total inventory purchases during 2008. During 2007, Computime, C.G. Development and Samsung, each provided over 10% of our total inventory purchases. Purchases from these suppliers collectively amounted to $100.7 million, representing 63.2% of total inventory purchases in 2007. During 2006, Computime, C.G. Development, Freescale and Jetta each provided over 10% of our total inventory purchases. Purchases from these suppliers collectively amounted to $82.6 million or 60.9% of our total inventory purchases in 2006.
Most of the components used in our products are available from multiple sources. However, we have elected to purchase integrated circuits, used principally in our wireless control products, from two sources, Freescale and Samsung. To reduce our dependence on our integrated circuits suppliers we continually seek additional sources, such as our new relationship with Maxim. We generally maintain inventories of our integrated chips, which may be used in part to mitigate, but not eliminate, delays resulting from supply interruptions.
In addition, we have identified alternative sources of supply for our integrated circuit, component parts, and finished goods needs; however, there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to obtain these inventory purchases on a timely basis. Any extended interruption, shortage or termination in the supply of any of the components used in our products, or a reduction in their quality or reliability, or a significant increase in prices of components, would have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and cash flows.

11


Table of Contents

Dependence on Foreign Manufacturing
Third-party manufacturers located in Asia manufacture a majority of our products. Our arrangements with our foreign manufacturers are subject to the risks of doing business abroad, such as tariffs, environmental and trade restrictions, intellectual property protection and enforcement, export license requirements, work stoppages, political and social instability, economic and labor conditions, foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, and other factors, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and cash flows. We believe that the loss of any one or more of our manufacturers would not have a long-term material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and cash flows, because numerous other manufacturers are available to fulfill our requirements; however, the loss of any of our major manufacturers may adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows until alternative manufacturing arrangements are secured.
Potential Fluctuations in Quarterly Results
Historically, our business has been influenced by the retail sales cycle, with increased sales in the last half of the year and the largest proportion of sales occurring in the last quarter. In 2007, sales in the first half of the year exceeded our sales in the second half. This was primarily the result of strong demand from our domestic cable customers in the first and second quarters of 2007. This demand was driven by their effort to meet the July 1, 2007 Open Cable Applications Platform (“OCAP”) deadline. In 2008, our sales cycle returned to its historical pattern and we expect this pattern to be repeated in 2009, however, factors such as those we experienced during 2007 may cause our sales cycles to deviate from historical patterns. Such factors, including quarterly variations in financial results, may have a material adverse affect on the volatility and market price of our common stock.
We may from time to time increase our operating expenses to fund greater levels of research and development, sales and marketing activities, development of new distribution channels, improvements in our operational and financial systems and development of our customer support capabilities, and to support our efforts to comply with various government regulations. To the extent such expenses precede or are not subsequently followed by increased revenues, our business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows will be adversely affected.
In addition, we may experience significant fluctuations in future quarterly operating results that may be caused by many other factors, including demand for our products, introduction or enhancement of products by us and our competitors, the loss or acquisition of any significant customers, market acceptance of new products, price reductions by us or our competitors, mix of distribution channels through which our products are sold, product or supply constraints, level of product returns, mix of customers and products sold, component pricing, mix of international and domestic revenues, foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations and general economic conditions. In addition, as a strategic response to changes in the competitive environment, we may from time to time make certain pricing or marketing decisions or acquisitions that may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. As a result, we believe period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.
Due to all of the foregoing factors, it is possible that in some future quarters our operating results will be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors. If this happens the price of our common stock may be materially adversely affected.
Dependence on Consumer Preference
We are susceptible to fluctuations in our business based upon consumer demand for our products. In addition, we cannot guarantee that increases in demand for our products associated with increases in the deployment of new technology will continue. We believe that our success depends on our ability to anticipate, gauge and respond to fluctuations in consumer preferences. However, it is impossible to predict with complete accuracy the occurrence and effect of fluctuations in consumer demand over a product’s life cycle. Moreover, we caution that any growth in revenues that we achieve may be transitory and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.
Demand for Consumer Service and Support
We have continually provided domestic and international consumer service and support to our customers to add overall value and to help differentiate us from our competitors. We continually review our service and support group

12


Table of Contents

and are marketing our expertise in this area to other potential customers. There can be no assurance that we will be able to attract new customers in the future.
In addition, certain of our products have more features and are more complex than others and therefore require more end-user technical support. In some instances, we rely on distributors or dealers to provide the initial level of technical support to the end-users. We provide the second level of technical support for bug fixes and other issues at no additional charge. Therefore, as the mix of our products includes more of these complex product lines, support costs may increase, which would have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
Dependence Upon Timely Product Introduction
Our ability to remain competitive in the wireless control and AV accessory products market will depend considerably upon our ability to successfully identify new product opportunities, as well as develop and introduce these products and enhancements on a timely and cost effective basis. There can be no assurance that we will be successful at developing and marketing new products or enhancing our existing products, or that these new or enhanced products will achieve consumer acceptance and, if achieved, will sustain that acceptance. In addition, there can be no assurance that products developed by others will not render our products non-competitive or obsolete or that we will be able to obtain or maintain the rights to use proprietary technologies developed by others which are incorporated in our products. Any failure to anticipate or respond adequately to technological developments and customer requirements, or any significant delays in product development or introduction, may have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
In addition, the introduction of new products may require significant expenditures for research and development, tooling, manufacturing processes, inventory and marketing. In order to achieve high volume production of any new product, we may have to make substantial investments in inventory and expand our production capabilities.
Dependence on Major Customers
The economic strength and weakness of our worldwide customers affect our performance. We sell our wireless control products, AV accessory products, and proprietary technologies to private label customers, original equipment manufacturers, and companies involved in the subscription broadcasting industry. We also supply our products to our wholly owned, non-U.S. subsidiaries and to independent foreign distributors, who in turn distribute our products worldwide, with Europe, Asia, South Africa, Australia, and Argentina currently representing our principal foreign markets.
In each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we had sales to one customer, Comcast Communications Inc., that amounted to more than 10% of our net sales for the year. In addition, in each of these years, we had sales to DirecTV and its sub-contractors, that when combined, exceeded 10% of our net sales. The loss of either of these customers or of any other key customer, either in the United States or abroad or our inability to maintain order volume with these customers, may have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Change in Warranty Claim Costs
We rely on third-party companies to service a large portion of our customer warranty claims. If the cost to service these warranty claims increases unexpectedly, or these outside services cease to be available, we may be required to increase our estimate of future claim costs, which may have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
Outsourced Labor
We employ a small number of personnel to develop and market additional products that are part of the Nevo® platform as well as products that are based on the Zigbee®, Z-Wave® and other radio frequency technology. Even after these hires, we continue to use outside resources to assist us in the development of these products. While we believe that such outside services should continue to be available to us, if they cease to be available, the

13


Table of Contents

development of these products may be substantially delayed, which may have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
Competition
The wireless control industry is characterized by intense competition based primarily on product availability, price, speed of delivery, ability to tailor specific solutions to customer needs, quality, and depth of product lines. Our competition is fragmented across our products, and, accordingly, we do not compete with any one company across all product lines. We compete with a variety of entities, some of which have greater financial resources. Our ability to remain competitive in this industry depends in part on our ability to successfully identify new product opportunities, develop and introduce new products and enhancements on a timely and cost effective basis, as well as our ability to successfully identify and enter into strategic alliances with entities doing business within the industries we serve. There can be no assurance that our product offerings will be, and/or remain, competitive or that strategic alliances, if any, will achieve the type, extent, and amount of success or business that we expect them to achieve. The sales of our products and technology may not occur or grow in the manner we expect, and thus we may not recoup costs incurred in the research and development of these products as quickly as we expect, if at all.
Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights
The procedures by which we identify, document and file for patent, trademark, and copyright protection are based solely on engineering and management judgment, with no assurance that a specific filing will be issued, or if issued, will deliver any lasting value to us. Because of the rapid innovation of products and technologies that is characteristic of our industry, there is no assurance that rights granted under any patent will provide competitive advantages to us or will be adequate to safeguard and maintain our proprietary rights. Moreover, the laws of certain countries in which our products are or may be manufactured or sold may not offer protection on such products and associated intellectual property to the same extent that the U.S. legal system may offer.
In our opinion, our intellectual property holdings as well as our engineering, production, and marketing skills and the experience of our personnel are of equal importance to our market position. We further believe that none of our businesses are materially dependent upon any single patent, copyright, trademark, or trade secret.
Some of our products include or use technology and/or components of third parties. While it may be necessary in the future to seek or renew licenses relating to various aspects of such products, we believe that, based upon past experience and industry practice, such licenses generally may be obtained on commercially reasonable terms; however, there is no guarantee that such licenses may be obtained on such terms or at all. Because of technological changes in the wireless and home control industry, current extensive patent coverage, and the rapid rate of issuance of new patents, it is possible certain components of our products and business methods may unknowingly infringe upon the patents of others.
Potential for Litigation
As is typical in our industry and for the nature and kind of business in which we are engaged, from time to time various claims, charges and litigation are asserted or commenced by third parties against us or by us against third parties, arising from or related to product liability, infringement of patent or other intellectual property rights, breach of warranty, contractual relations or employee relations. The amounts claimed may be substantial, but they may not bear any reasonable relationship to the merits of the claims or the extent of any real risk of court awards assessed against us or in our favor.
Risks of Conducting Business Internationally
Risks of doing business internationally may adversely affect our sales, operations, earnings and cash flows due to a variety of factors, including, but not limited to:
  changes in a country or region’s economic or political conditions, including inflation, recession, interest rate fluctuations and actual or anticipated military conflicts;

14


Table of Contents

  currency fluctuations affecting sales, particularly in the Euro and British Pound, which contribute to variations in sales of products and services in impacted jurisdictions and also affect our reported results expressed in U.S. dollars;
 
  currency fluctuations affecting costs, particularly the Euro, British Pound and the Chinese Yuan, which contribute to variances in costs in impacted jurisdictions and also affect our reported results expressed in U.S. dollars;
 
  longer accounts receivable cycles and financial instability among customers;
 
  trade regulations and procedures and actions affecting production, pricing and marketing of products;
 
  local labor conditions, customs, and regulations;
 
  changes in the regulatory or legal environment;
 
  differing technology standards or customer requirements;
 
  import, export or other business licensing requirements or requirements related to making foreign direct investments, which may affect our ability to obtain favorable terms for components or lead to penalties or restrictions;
 
  difficulties associated with repatriating cash generated or held abroad in a tax-efficient manner and changes in tax laws; and
 
  fluctuations in freight costs and disruptions at important geographic points of exit and entry.
Effectiveness of Our Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we are required to include in our Annual Report on Form 10-K our assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Furthermore, our independent registered public accounting firm is required to audit our internal control over financial reporting and separately report on whether it believes we maintain, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting. Although we believe that we currently have adequate internal control procedures in place, we cannot be certain that future material changes to our internal control over financial reporting will be effective. If we cannot adequately maintain the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, we might be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the Securities and Exchange Commission. Any such action may adversely affect our financial results and the market price of our common stock.
Changes in Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. These principles are subject to revision and interpretation by various governing bodies, including the FASB and the SEC. A change in current accounting standards or their interpretation may have a significant adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
Unanticipated Changes in Tax Provisions or Income Tax Liabilities
We are subject to income taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Our tax liabilities are affected by the amounts we charge for inventory and other items in intercompany transactions. From time to time, we are subject to tax audits in various jurisdictions. Tax authorities may disagree with our intercompany charges or other matters and assess additional taxes. We assess the likely outcomes of these audits in order to determine the appropriateness of the tax provision. However, there can be no assurance that we will accurately predict the outcomes of these audits, and the actual outcomes of these audits may have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, our effective tax rate in the future may be adversely affected by changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of

15


Table of Contents

deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in tax laws and the discovery of new information in the course of our tax return preparation process. Furthermore, our tax provisions may be adversely affected as a result of any new interpretative accounting guidance related to accounting for uncertain tax positions.
Inability to Use Deferred Tax Assets
We have deferred tax assets that we may not be able to use under certain circumstances. If we are unable to generate sufficient future taxable income in certain jurisdictions, or if there is a significant change in the actual effective tax rates or the time period within which the underlying temporary differences become taxable or deductible, we may be required to increase our valuation allowances against our deferred tax assets resulting in an increase in our effective tax rate and an adverse impact on our future operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
Environmental Matters
Many of our products are subject to various federal, state, local and international laws governing chemical substances in products, including laws regulating the manufacture and distribution of chemical substances and laws restricting the presence of certain substances in electronics products. With the passage of the European Union’s Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive, which makes producers of electrical goods responsible for collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of recovered products, similar restrictions in China effective March 2007 and the European Union’s Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive, we may face significant costs and liabilities in complying with these laws and any future laws and regulations or enforcement policies that may have a material adverse effect upon our capital expenditures, earnings or financial condition.
Leased Property
We lease all of the properties used in our business. We can give no assurance that we will enter into new or renewal leases, or that, if entered into, the new lease terms will be similar to the existing terms or that the terms of any such new or renewal leases will not have a significant and material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
Technology Changes in Wireless Control
We currently derive substantial revenue from the sale of wireless remote controls based on infrared (“IR”) technology. Other control technologies exist or may be developed that may compete with IR. In addition, we develop and maintain our own database of IR and RF codes. There are several competing IR and RF libraries offered by companies that we compete with in the marketplace. The advantage that we may have compared to our competitors is difficult to measure. If other wireless control technology gains acceptance and starts to be integrated into home electronics devices currently controlled through our IR remote controllers, demand for our products may decrease, resulting in decreased revenue, earnings and cash flow.
Failure to Recruit, Hire, and Retain Key Personnel
Our ability to achieve growth in the future will depend, in part, on our success at recruiting, hiring, and retaining highly skilled engineering, managerial, operational, sales and marketing personnel. Our corporate office, including our advance technology engineering group, is based in Southern California. The high cost of living in Southern California makes it difficult to attract talent from outside the region and may also put pressure on overall employment related expense. Additionally, our competitors seek to recruit and hire the same key personnel. Therefore, if we fail to stay competitive in salary and benefits within the industry it may negatively impact our ability to hire and retain key personnel. The inability to recruit, hire, and retain qualified personnel in a timely manner, or the loss of any key personnel, may make it difficult to meet key objectives, such as timely and effective product introductions.

16


Table of Contents

Credit Facility
We amended our Credit Facility in August 2006, extending it for an additional three years until August 2009. We are currently negotiating another extension. Presently, we have no borrowings under this facility; however, we cannot make any assurances that we will not need to borrow amounts under this facility or that this facility will continue to be extended and thus available to us if we need to borrow. If this or any other Credit Facility is not available to us at a time when we need to borrow, we would have to use our cash reserves which may have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
Change in Competition and Pricing
We rely on third-party manufacturers to build our universal wireless control products, based on our extensive IR code library and patented technology. Price is always an issue in winning and retaining business. If customers become increasingly price sensitive, new competition may arise from manufacturers who decide to go into direct competition with us or from current competitors who perform their own manufacturing. If such a trend develops, we may experience downward pressure on our pricing or lose sales, which may have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
Transportation Costs; Impact of Oil Prices
We ship products from our foreign manufacturers via ocean and air transport. It is sometimes difficult to forecast swings in demand or delays in production and, as a result, products may be shipped via air which is more costly than ocean shipments. Often, we typically cannot recover the increased cost of air freight from our customers. Additionally, tariffs and other export fees may be incurred to ship products from foreign manufacturers to the customer. The inability to predict swings in demand or delays in production may increase the cost of freight which may have a material adverse effect on our product margins.
In addition, we have an exposure to oil prices in two forms. The first is in the prices of the oil-based materials that we use in our products, which are primarily the plastics and other components that we include in our finished products. The second is in the cost of delivery and freight, which would be passed on by the carriers that we use in the form of higher rates. We record freight-in as a cost of sales and freight-out in operating expenses. Rising oil prices may have an adverse effect on cost of sales and operating expenses.
Proprietary Technologies
We produce highly complex products that incorporate leading-edge technology, including hardware, firmware, and software. Firmware and software may contain bugs that can unexpectedly interfere with product operation. There can be no assurance that our testing programs will detect all defects in individual products or defects that may affect numerous shipments. The presence of defects may harm customer satisfaction, reduce sales opportunities, or increase returns. An inability to cure or repair such a defect may result in the failure of a product line, temporary or permanent withdrawal from a product or market, damage to our reputation, increased inventory costs, or product reengineering expenses, any of which may have a material impact on our revenues, margins and net income.
Strategic Business Transactions
We may, from time to time, pursue strategic alliances, joint ventures, business acquisitions, products or technologies (“strategic business transactions”) that complement or expand our existing operations, including those that may be material in size and scope. Strategic business transactions, including our recent acquisition of patents, intellectual property and other assets from Zilog, involve many risks, including the diversion of management’s attention away from day-to-day operations. There is also the risk that we will not be able to successfully integrate the strategic business transaction with our operations, personnel, customer base, products or technologies. Such strategic business transactions may also have adverse short-term effects on our operating results, and may result in dilutive issuances of equity securities, the incurrence of debt, and the loss of key employees. In addition, these strategic business transactions are generally subject to specific accounting guidelines that may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. For instance, business acquisitions must be accounted for as purchases and, because most technology-related acquisitions involve the purchase of significant intangible assets, these acquisitions

17


Table of Contents

typically result in substantial amortization charges, which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. There can be no assurance that any such strategic business transactions will occur or, if such transactions do occur, that the integration will be successful or that the customer bases, products or technologies will generate sufficient revenue to offset the associated costs or effects.
Growth Projections
Management has made the projections required for the preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America regarding future events and the financial performance of the company, including those involving:
  the benefits the company expects as a result of the development and success of products and technologies, including new products and technologies and the company’s home connectivity line of products and software;
 
  the recently announced new contracts with new and existing customers and new market penetrations;
 
  the growth expected as a result of the digital from analog conversion;
 
  the expected continued growth in digital TVs, PVRs and overall growth in the company’s industry;
 
  the effects the we may experience due to the continued softness in its worldwide markets driven by the current economic environment.
Actual events or results may be unfavorable to management’s projections, which would have a material adverse effect on our projected operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
We have no unresolved staff comments as of the date of filing this Form 10-K.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Our corporate headquarters is located in Cypress, California. We utilize the following office facilities:
             
        Square    
Location   Purpose or Use   Feet   Status
Cypress, California
  Corporate headquarters, engineering, research and development   34,080   Leased, expires January 31, 2012
 
           
Twinsburg, Ohio
  Consumer and customer call center   21,509   Leased, expires May 30, 2011
 
           
Enschede, Netherlands
  International headquarters and call center   18,292   Leased, expires September 30, 2013
 
           
San Mateo, California
  Engineering, research and development   4,868   Leased, expires June 30, 2011
 
           
Hong Kong, China
  Operations and administrative services   3,060   Leased, expires November 15, 2009
In addition to the facilities listed above, we lease space in various international locations, primarily for use as sales offices. We plan to renew our lease for the Hong Kong office which expires in November 2009. Furthermore, in order to support the growth of our company, during 2008 we completed renovations to expand our corporate headquarters.
See “ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA — Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 13” for additional information regarding our obligations under leases.

18


Table of Contents

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are subject to lawsuits arising out of the conduct of our business. The discussion of our litigation matters in “ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA — Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 21” at page 70 is incorporated by reference.
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year through the solicitation of proxies or otherwise.
Executive Officers of the Registrant(1)
The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers as of March 13, 2009:
             
Name   Age   Position
Paul D. Arling
    46     Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Paul J.M. Bennett
    53     Executive Vice President, Managing Director, Europe
Mark S. Kopaskie
    51     Executive Vice President, General Manager U.S. Operations
Richard A. Firehammer, Jr.
    51     Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Bryan M. Hackworth
    39     Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
(1)   Included pursuant to Instruction 3 to Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K.
Paul D. Arling is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. He joined us in May 1996 as Chief Financial Officer and was named to our Board of Directors in August 1996. He was appointed President and COO in September 1998, was promoted to Chief Executive Officer in October 2000 and appointed as Chairman in July 2001. At the 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, Mr. Arling was re-elected as our Chairman to serve until the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. From 1993 through May 1996, he served in various capacities at LESCO, Inc. (a manufacturer and distributor of professional turf care products). Prior to LESCO, he worked for Imperial Wall coverings (a manufacturer and distributor of wall covering products) as Director of Planning, and The Michael Allen Company (a strategic management consulting company) where he was employed as a management consultant.
Paul J.M. Bennett is our Executive Vice President and Managing Director, Europe. He was our Managing Director and Senior Vice President, Managing Director, Europe from July 1996 to December 2006. He was promoted to his current position in December 2006. Prior to joining us, he held various positions at Philips Consumer Electronics over a seven year period, first as Product Marketing Manager for the Accessories Product Group, initially set up to support Philip’s Audio division, and then as head of that division.
Mark S. Kopaskie is our Executive Vice President and General Manager, U.S. Operations. He rejoined us in September 2006 as our Senior Vice President and General Manager, U.S. Operations and was promoted to his current position in December 2006. He was our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer from 1995 to 1997. From 2003 until November 2005, Mr. Kopaskie was President and Chief Executive Officer of Packaging Advantage Corporation (PAC), a personal care and household products manufacturer, which was acquired by Marietta Corporation in November 2005. Following the acquisition, he served as Senior Vice President, Business Development for Marietta Corporation. From 1997 to 2003, he held senior management positions at Birdair Inc., a world leader in the engineering, manufacturing, and construction of tensioned membrane structures, and OK International, a manufacturer and marketer of fluid dispensing equipment, solder and de-solder systems, and wire wrap products. Prior to joining us in 1995, Mr. Kopaskie was Senior Vice President of Operations at Mr. Coffee Inc.
Richard A. Firehammer, Jr., Esq. has been our Senior Vice President since February 1999. He has been our General Counsel since October 1993 and Secretary since February 1994. He was our Vice President from May 1997 until August 1998. He was outside counsel to us from September 1998 until being rehired in February 1999. From November 1992 to September 1993, he was associated with the Chicago, Illinois law firm, Shefsky & Froelich, Ltd. From 1987 to 1992, he was with the law firm, Vedder, Price, Kaufman & Kammholz in Chicago, Illinois.

19


Table of Contents

Bryan M. Hackworth is our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. He was promoted from Chief Accounting Officer in August 2006. Mr. Hackworth joined us in June 2004 as Corporate Controller and subsequently assumed the role of Chief Accounting Officer in May 2006. Before joining us in 2004, he spent five years at Mars, Inc., a privately held international manufacturer and distributor of consumer products and served in several financial and strategic roles (Controller — Ice Cream Division; Strategic Planning Manager for the WHISKAS ® Brand) and various other financial management positions. Prior to joining Mars Inc., Mr. Hackworth spent six years at Deloitte & Touche LLP as an auditor, specializing in the manufacturing and retail industries.
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Our common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol UEIC. The closing price of our common stock as reported by NASDAQ on March 11, 2009 was $16.32. Our stockholders of record on March 11, 2009 numbered approximately 68. We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock, nor do we intend to pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We intend to retain our earnings, if any, for the future operation and expansion of our business. In addition, the terms of our revolving Credit Facility limit our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock. For further information regarding our revolving Credit Facility see “ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS-Liquidity and Capital Resources” at pages 33–35 and “ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA — Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 7” at page 56.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
There were no unregistered sales of equity securities during 2008.
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sale prices for our common stock, as reported by NASDAQ:
                                 
    2008   2007
    High   Low   High   Low
First Quarter
  $ 35.50     $ 18.04     $ 29.89     $ 19.25  
Second Quarter
    28.20       20.67       38.09       26.66  
Third Quarter
    27.99       19.02       39.33       25.20  
Fourth Quarter
    26.49       12.33       38.50       31.29  
Purchases of Equity Securities
The following table sets forth, for the fourth quarter, our total stock repurchases, average price paid per share and the maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under our plans or programs:
                                 
                    Total Number of     Maximum  
                    Shares     Number of  
                    Purchased     Shares that May  
                    as Part of     Yet Be  
                    Publicly     Purchased  
    Total Number of     Weighted Average     Announced     Under the  
    Shares     Price Paid     Plans     Plans or  
Period   Purchased     per Share     or Programs     Programs  
10/1/08 – 10/31/08
    204,604     $ 25.04             313,782  
11/1/08 – 11/30/08
                      313,782  
12/1/08 – 12/31/08
                      313,782  
 
                           
Total during fourth quarter
    204,604     $ 25.04                
 
                           
During the year ended December 31, 2006 our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of 2.0 million shares of outstanding common stock under an ongoing systematic program to manage the dilution created by shares issued under employee stock plans. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we repurchased 1,118,318 shares for $26.7 million. As of December 31, 2008, we have 313,782 shares available for repurchase under the program.

20


Table of Contents

Equity Compensation Plans
Information regarding our equity compensation plans, including both stockholder approved plans and plans not approved by stockholders, is incorporated by reference to “ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS” at pages 79–80, under the caption “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA — Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 11” at pages 58–63, under the caption “Stock Incentive Plans.”
Performance Chart
The following graph and table compares the cumulative total stockholder return with respect to our common stock versus the cumulative total return of our Peer Group Index (the “Peer Group Index”) and the NASDAQ Composite Index (the “NASDAQ Composite Index”) for the five (5) year period ended December 31, 2008. The comparison assumes that $100 is invested on December 31, 2003 in each of our common stock, the Peer Group Index and the NASDAQ Composite Index and that all dividends are reinvested. We have not paid any dividends and, therefore, our cumulative total return calculation is based solely upon stock price appreciation and not upon reinvestment of dividends. The graph and table depicts year-end values based on actual market value increases and decreases relative to the initial investment of $100, based on information provided for each calendar year by the NASDAQ Stock Market and the New York Stock Exchange.
The comparisons in the graph and table below are based on historical data and are not intended to forecast the possible future performance of our common stock.
Comparison of Stockholder Returns Amount Universal Electronics Inc.,
the Peer Group Index
(1), and the NASDAQ Composite Index
(LINE GRAPH)
                                                 
    12/31/2003   12/31/2004   12/31/2005   12/31/2006   12/31/2007   12/31/2008
Universal Electronics Inc.
  $ 100     $ 138     $ 135     $ 165     $ 262     $ 127  
Peer Group Index
  $ 100     $ 134     $ 133     $ 131     $ 102     $ 39  
NASDAQ Composite Index
  $ 100     $ 109     $ 110     $ 121     $ 132     $ 79  
 
(1)   Companies in the Peer Group Index are as follows: Harman International Industries, Inc. and Koss Corporation.
Information presented is as of the end of each calendar year for the period December 31, 2003 through 2008. This information shall not be deemed to be “solicited material” or to be “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission or subject to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) nor shall this information be incorporated by reference into any prior or future filings under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into a filing.

21


Table of Contents

ITEM 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The information set forth below is not necessarily indicative of the results of future operations and should be read in conjunction with “ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS,” and the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto included in “ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA,” of this Form 10-K, which are incorporated herein by reference, in order to understand further the factors that may affect the comparability of the financial data presented below.
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands, except per share data)   2008   2007   2006   2005   2004
Net sales
  $ 287,100     $ 272,680     $ 235,846     $ 181,349     $ 158,380  
Operating income
  $ 20,761     $ 26,451     $ 18,517     $ 11,677     $ 13,540  
Net income
  $ 15,806     $ 20,230     $ 13,520     $ 9,701     $ 9,114  
Earnings per share:
                                       
Basic
  $ 1.13     $ 1.40     $ 0.98     $ 0.72     $ 0.67  
Diluted
  $ 1.09     $ 1.33     $ 0.94     $ 0.69     $ 0.65  
Shares used in calculating earnings per share:
                                       
Basic
    14,015       14,410       13,818       13,462       13,567  
Diluted
    14,456       15,177       14,432       13,992       14,100  
Cash dividend declared per common share
                             
Gross margin
    33.5 %     36.4 %     36.4 %     37.0 %     38.9 %
Selling, general, administrative, research and development expenses as a % of net sales
    26.3 %     26.7 %     28.5 %     30.6 %     30.3 %
Operating margin
    7.2 %     9.7 %     7.9 %     6.4 %     8.6 %
Net income as a % of net sales
    5.5 %     7.4 %     5.7 %     5.4 %     5.8 %
Return on average assets
    7.3 %     10.2 %     8.3 %     6.8 %     6.8 %
Working capital
  $ 122,303     $ 140,330     $ 106,179     $ 77,201     $ 75,081  
Ratio of current assets to current liabilities
    3.0       4.0       3.4       2.8       3.1  
Total assets
  $ 217,555     $ 217,285     $ 178,608     $ 146,319     $ 140,400  
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 75,238     $ 86,610     $ 66,075     $ 43,641     $ 42,472  
Long-term debt
                             
Stockholders’ equity
  $ 153,353     $ 168,242     $ 134,217     $ 103,292     $ 103,881  
Book value per share (a)
  $ 11.24     $ 11.55     $ 9.58     $ 7.63     $ 7.66  
Ratio of liabilities to liabilities and stockholders’ equity
    29.5 %     22.6 %     24.9 %     29.4 %     26.0 %
 
(a)   Book value per share is defined as stockholders’ equity divided by common shares issued, less treasury stock.
The comparability of information between 2004 and the other years presented is affected by the acquisition of SimpleDevices Inc. in the fourth quarter of 2004.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes that appear elsewhere in this document.
Overview
We have developed a broad line of pre-programmed universal wireless control products and audio-video accessories that are marketed to enhance home entertainment systems. Our customers operate in the consumer electronics market and include OEMs, MSOs (cable and satellite service providers), international retailers, CEDIA (Custom Electronic Design and Installation Association), U.S. retailers, private labels, and companies in the computing industry. We also sell integrated circuits, on which our software and IR code database is embedded, to OEMs that manufacture wireless control devices, cable converters or satellite receivers for resale in their products. We believe that our universal remote control database contains device codes that are capable of controlling virtually all infrared remote (“IR”) controlled TVs, VCRs, DVD players, cable converters, CD players, audio components and satellite receivers, as well as most other infrared remote controlled devices worldwide.
Beginning in 1986 and continuing today, we have compiled an extensive IR code library that covers over 400,000 individual device functions and over 3,600 individual consumer electronic equipment brand names. Our library is

22


Table of Contents

regularly updated with new IR codes used in newly introduced video and audio devices. All such IR codes are captured from the original manufacturer’s remote control devices or manufacturer’s specifications to ensure the accuracy and integrity of the database. We have also developed patented technologies that provide the capability to easily upgrade the memory of the wireless control device by adding IR codes from the library that were not originally included.
Since the third quarter of 2006, we have been operating as one business segment. We have twelve subsidiaries located in Argentina, Cayman Islands, France, Germany, Hong Kong, India, Italy, the Netherlands, Singapore, Spain and the United Kingdom.
To recap our results for 2008:
    Our revenue grew 5.3% from $272.7 million in 2007 to $287.1 million in 2008.
 
    Our sales growth in 2008 was the result of strong demand from the customers in our business category, due in part to the continuation of the upgrade cycle from analog to digital, consumer demand for advanced-function offerings from subscription broadcasters, increased share with existing customers, and new customer wins.
 
    Our full year 2008 operating income fell 21.5% to $20.8 million from $26.5 million in 2007. Our operating margin percentage decreased from 9.7% in 2007 to 7.2% in 2008 due primarily to the decrease in our gross margin percentage from 36.4% in 2007 to 33.5% in 2008. The decrease in our gross margin rate was due primarily to sales mix, as a higher percentage of our total sales was comprised of our lower-margin Business category. In addition, sales mix within our sales categories also contributed to the decrease in our gross margin rate as consumers trended towards value-oriented products. The weakening of the British pound also contributed to the decline in our gross margin percentage.
 
    2008 capped off a successful three-year period, where sales during this period grew at a compounded rate of approximately 17% and although lower than 2007 earnings per diluted share, 2008 earnings per diluted share represents a compounded growth rate of approximately 16%.
Our strategic business objectives for 2009 include the following:
    increase our share with existing customers;
 
    acquire new customers in historically strong regions;
 
    continue our expansion into new regions, Asia in particular;
 
    continue to develop industry-leading technologies and products; and
 
    continue to evaluate potential acquisition and joint venture opportunities that may enhance our business.
We intend for the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations to provide information that will assist in understanding our consolidated financial statements, the changes in certain key items in those financial statements from period to period, and the primary factors that accounted for those changes, as well as how certain accounting principles, policies and estimates affect our consolidated financial statements.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those related to revenue recognition, allowance for sales returns and doubtful accounts, warranties, inventory valuation, business combination purchase price allocations, our review for impairment of long-lived assets, intangible assets and goodwill, income taxes and stock-based compensation expense. Actual results

23


Table of Contents

may differ from these judgments and estimates, and they may be adjusted as more information becomes available. Any adjustment may be significant.
An accounting policy is deemed to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is made, if different estimates reasonably may have been used, or if changes in the estimate that are reasonably likely to occur may materially impact the financial statements. Management believes the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
Revenue recognition
We recognize revenue on the sale of products when delivery has occurred, there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.
We record a provision for estimated retail sales returns on retail product sales in the same period as the related revenues are recorded. These estimates are based on historical sales returns, analysis of credit memo data and other known factors. The provision recorded for estimated sales returns and allowances is deducted from gross sales to arrive at net sales in the period the related revenue is recorded. The allowance for sales returns balance at December 31, 2008 and 2007 contained reserves for items returned prior to year-end, but that were not completely processed, and therefore not yet removed from the allowance for sales returns balance. We estimate that if these returns had been fully processed the allowance for sales returns balance would have been approximately $0.8 million on December 31, 2008 and 2007. The value of these returned goods was included in our inventory balance at December 31, 2008 and 2007.
We accrue for discounts and rebates on product sales in the same period as the related revenues are recorded based on historical experience. Changes in such accruals may be required if future rebates and incentives differ from our estimates. Rebates and incentives are recognized as a reduction of sales if distributed in cash or customer account credits. Rebates and incentives are recognized as cost of sales if we provide products or services for payment.
Sales allowances reduce gross accounts receivable to arrive at accounts receivable, net in the same period the related receivable is recorded. We have no obligations after delivery of our products other than the associated warranties. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make payments for products sold or services rendered. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on a variety of factors, including historical experience, length of time receivables are past due, current economic trends and changes in customer payment behavior. Also, we record specific provisions for individual accounts when we become aware of a customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations to us, such as in the case of bankruptcy filings or deterioration in the customer’s operating results or financial position. We increased our allowance for doubtful accounts by $0.4 million in 2008 to reflect certain customer accounts where collection is highly uncertain in the current economic environment. If circumstances related to a customer change, our estimates of the recoverability of the receivables would be further adjusted, either upward or downward.
When a sales arrangement contains multiple elements, such as software products, licenses and/or services, we allocate revenue to each element based on its relative fair value. The fair values for the multiple elements are determined based on vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), or the price charged when the element is sold separately. The residual method is utilized when VSOE exists for all the undelivered elements, but not for the delivered element. This is performed by allocating revenue to the undelivered elements (that have VSOE) and the residual revenue to the delivered elements. When the fair value for an undelivered element cannot be determined, we defer revenue for the delivered elements until the undelivered element is delivered. We limit the amount of revenue recognition for delivered elements to the amount that is not contingent on the future delivery of products or services or subject to customer-specified return or refund privileges.
We have not made any material changes in our methodology for recognizing revenue during the past three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions we use to recognize revenue. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to losses or gains that may be material.

24


Table of Contents

Warranty
We warrant our products against defects in materials and workmanship arising during normal use. We service warranty claims directly through our customer service department or contracted third-party warranty repair facilities. Our warranty period ranges up to three years. We estimate and recognize product warranty costs, which are included in cost of sales, as we sell the related products. Warranty costs are forecasted based on the best available information, primarily historical claims experience and the expected cost per claim. The costs we have incurred to service warranty claims have been minimal. As a result the balance of our reserve for estimated warranty costs is not significant.
We have not made any material changes in our warranty reserve methodology during the past three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions we use to calculate the warranty reserve. However, actual claim costs may differ from the amounts estimated. If a significant product defect were to be discovered on a high volume product, our financial statements may be materially impacted. Historically, product defects have been less than 0.5% of the net units sold.
Inventories
Our inventories consist of primarily wireless control devices and the related component parts, including integrated circuits, and are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out method. We write-down our inventory for the estimated difference between the inventory’s cost and its estimated market value based upon our best estimates about future demand and market conditions.
We carry inventory in amounts necessary to satisfy our customers’ inventory requirements on a timely basis. We continually monitor our inventory status to control inventory levels and write-down any excess or obsolete inventories on hand. Our total excess and obsolete inventory reserve as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $1.5 million and $1.8 million, respectively, or 3.5% and 5.0% of total inventory. The decrease in our excess and obsolete reserve in 2008 was the result of $2.4 million of additional write-downs, offset by $2.7 million of scrapping. This compared to additional write-downs of $2.1 million and scrapping of $2.5 million in 2007.
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to establish our excess and obsolete inventory reserve during the past three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions we used to calculate our excess and obsolete inventory reserve. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs may be required which may have a material impact on our financial statements. Such circumstances may include, but are not limited to, the development of new competing technology that impedes the marketability of our products or the occurrence of significant price decreases in our component parts, such as integrated circuits. Each percentage point change in the ratio of excess and obsolete inventory reserve to inventory would impact cost of sales by approximately $0.5 million.
Business Combinations
We are required to allocate the purchase price of acquired companies to the tangible and intangible assets and the liabilities assumed, as well as in-process research and development (“IPR&D”), based upon their estimated fair values. Such valuations require management to make significant fair value estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. Management estimates the fair value of certain intangible assets by utilizing the following (but not limited to):
    future free cash flow from customer contracts, customer lists, distribution agreements, acquired developed technologies, and patents;
 
    expected costs to develop IPR&D into commercially viable products and cash flows from the products once they are completed;
 
    brand awareness and market position, as well as assumptions regarding the period of time the brand will continue to be used in our product portfolio; and
 
    discount rates utilized in discounted cash flow models.

25


Table of Contents

Our estimates are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable; however, unanticipated events or circumstances may occur which may affect the accuracy of our fair value estimates, including assumptions regarding industry economic factors and business strategies.
Valuation of Long-Lived Assets and Intangible Assets
We assess long-lived and intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors considered important which may trigger an impairment review if significant include the following:
    underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results;
 
    changes in the manner of use of the assets;
 
    changes in the strategy of our overall business;
 
    negative industry or economic trends;
 
    a decline in our stock price for a sustained period; and
 
    a variance between our market capitalization relative to net book value.
When we determine that the carrying value of a long-lived asset or an intangible asset may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment we perform an impairment review. If the carrying value of the asset is larger than the undiscounted cash flows, the asset is impaired. We measure an impairment based on the projected discounted cash flow method using a discount rate determined by our management to be commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business model. In assessing the recoverability, we must make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value of the respective assets.
We have not made any material changes in our impairment loss assessment methodology during the past three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions we use to calculate the impairment of long-lived assets and intangible assets. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions we may be exposed to material impairment charges.
Capitalized Software Development
At each balance sheet date, we compare the unamortized capitalized costs of a software product to its net realizable value. The amount by which the unamortized capitalized costs of a software product exceed the net realizable value of that asset is written off. The net realizable value is the estimated future gross revenues attributable to each product reduced by its estimated future completion costs and disposal. Any remaining amount of capitalized software development costs that have been written down are considered to be the cost for subsequent accounting purposes, and the amount of the write-down is not subsequently restored.
We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates of net realizable value we use to test for impairment losses on capitalized software development. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions we may be exposed to impairment charges.
Goodwill
We evaluate the carrying value of goodwill as of December 31 of each year and between annual evaluations if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount. Such circumstances may include, but are not limited to: (1) a significant adverse change in legal factors or in business climate, (2) unanticipated competition or (3) an adverse action or assessment by a regulator.

26


Table of Contents

When performing the impairment review, we determine the carrying amount of each reporting unit by assigning assets and liabilities, including the existing goodwill, to those reporting units. A reporting unit is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (referred to as a component). A component of an operating segment is deemed a reporting unit if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available, and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that component. Our domestic and international operations are components and reporting units of our sole operating segment.
To evaluate whether goodwill is impaired, we compare the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to which the goodwill is assigned to the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill. We estimate the fair value of each reporting unit using the present value of expected future cash flows for that reporting unit. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the amount of the impairment loss must be measured.
The impairment loss would be calculated by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill to its carrying amount. In calculating the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill, the present value of the reporting unit’s expected future cash flows is allocated to all of the other assets and liabilities of that unit based on their fair values. The excess of the present value of the reporting unit’s expected future cash flows over the amount assigned to its other assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. An impairment loss would be recognized when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value.
We have not made any material changes in our impairment loss assessment methodology during the past three fiscal years. We continue to estimate the fair value of our reporting units to be in excess of their carrying value, and therefore have not recorded any impairment. However, we noted a decrease in the amount of excess fair value over the carrying value of our reporting units caused primarily by the slowing economy and credit market disruptions. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions we use to test for impairment losses on goodwill. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions we may be exposed to material impairment charges.
Income Taxes
We calculate our current and deferred tax provisions based on estimates and assumptions that may differ from the actual results reflected in our income tax returns filed during the subsequent year. We record adjustments based on filed returns when we have identified and finalized them, which is generally in the third and fourth quarters of the subsequent year for U.S. federal and state provisions, respectively.
We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which we expect the differences to reverse. We record a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount that we are more likely than not to realize. We have considered future market growth, forecasted earnings, future taxable income, the mix of earnings in the jurisdictions in which we operate and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in determining the need for a valuation allowance. In the event we were to determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our net deferred tax assets in the future, we would increase the valuation allowance and make a corresponding charge to earnings in the period in which we make such determination. Likewise, if we later determine that we are more likely than not to realize the net deferred tax assets, we would reverse the applicable portion of the previously provided valuation allowance. In order for us to realize our deferred tax assets we must be able to generate sufficient taxable income in the tax jurisdictions in which the deferred tax assets are located.
Our effective tax rate includes the impact of certain undistributed foreign earnings for which we have not provided U.S. taxes because we plan to reinvest such earnings indefinitely outside the United States. The decision to reinvest our foreign earnings indefinitely outside the United States is based on our projected cash flow needs as well as the working capital and long-term investment requirements of our foreign subsidiaries and our domestic operations. Material changes in our estimates of cash, working capital and long-term investment requirements in the various jurisdictions in which we do business may impact our effective tax rate.
We are subject to income taxes in the United States and foreign countries, and we are subject to routine corporate income tax audits in many of these jurisdictions. We believe that our tax return positions are fully supported, but tax

27


Table of Contents

authorities are likely to challenge certain positions, which may not be fully sustained. However, our income tax expense includes amounts intended to satisfy income tax assessments that result from these challenges in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”). Determining the income tax expense for these potential assessments and recording the related assets and liabilities requires management judgments and estimates. We evaluate our uncertain tax positions in accordance with FIN 48. We believe that our reserve for uncertain tax positions, including related interest and penalties, is adequate. We have recorded a liability for uncertain tax positions of $8.7 million at December 31, 2008. The amounts ultimately paid upon resolution of audits may be materially different from the amounts previously included in our income tax expense and, therefore, may have a material impact on our tax provision, net income and cash flows. Our reserve for uncertain tax positions is attributable primarily to uncertainties concerning the tax treatment of our international operations, including the allocation of income among different jurisdictions, and related interest. We review our reserves quarterly, and we may adjust such reserves due to proposed assessments by tax authorities, changes in facts and circumstances, issuance of new regulations or new case law, previously unavailable information obtained during the course of an examination, negotiations between tax authorities of different countries concerning our transfer prices, execution of advanced pricing agreements, resolution with respect to individual audit issues, the resolution of entire audits, or the expiration of statutes of limitations.
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
We account for our stock-based compensation plans under SFAS No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”). Stock-based compensation expense for each employee and director is presented in the same income statement caption as their cash compensation. During the year ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we recorded $4.2 million, $3.5 million and $3.1 million, respectively, in pre-tax stock-based compensation expense. The income tax benefit associated with stock-based compensation expense was $1.5 million, $1.2 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Stock-based compensation expense by income statement caption for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was the following:
                         
(in thousands)   2008     2007     2006  
Cost of sales
  $ 17     $ 31     $ 26  
Research and development
    356       418       370  
Selling, general and administrative
    3,870       3,072       2,721  
 
                 
Total stock-based compensation expense
  $ 4,243     $ 3,521     $ 3,117  
 
                 
During the year ended December 31, 2008, we granted 132,500 stock options to executive employees and board members and 8,000 stock options to non-executive employees.
Based on the non-vested stock options outstanding at December 31, 2008, we expect to recognize $2.8 million in unrecognized pre-tax stock-based compensation expense over a weighted-average life of 2.21 years.
SG&A includes pre-tax stock-based compensation related to restricted stock awards granted to outside directors of $0.6 million, $0.7 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. We issue restricted stock awards to the outside directors for services performed. Compensation expense for the restricted stock awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of one year.
During the first quarter of 2008, as part of our annual compensation review cycle, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors granted 115,926 shares of restricted stock to our executives under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. These awards were granted to assist us in meeting our performance and retention objectives. Each executive’s grant is subject to a three-year vesting period. The stock-based compensation expense included in SG&A related to this award was $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
In accordance with SFAS 123R, compensation expense related to restricted stock awards is determined based on the fair value of the shares awarded on the grant date. We determined the fair value of the restricted stock utilizing the

28


Table of Contents

average of the high and low trade prices of our Company’s shares on the grant date. During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we granted 141,864, 25,000 and 22,813 shares, respectively.
Based on the non-vested restricted stock awards outstanding at December 31, 2008, we expect to recognize $2.1 million in unrecognized pre-tax stock-based compensation expense over a weighted-average life of 1.8 years.
Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of share-based payment awards requires the utilization of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected life and forfeiture rate of the share-based payment awards and stock price volatility. Management determined that historical volatility calculated based on our actively traded common stock is a better indicator of expected volatility and future stock price trends than implied volatility. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of share-based payment awards represent management’s best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. As a result, if factors change and we use different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense may be materially different in the future.
We do not believe it is reasonably likely that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions used to determine stock-based compensation expense. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions we may be exposed to material stock-based compensation expense. Refer to “ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA - Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 11” for additional disclosure regarding stock-based compensation expense.
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our results of operations expressed as a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated.
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)   2008     2007     2006  
Net sales
  $ 287,100       100.0 %   $ 272,680       100.0 %   $ 235,846       100.0 %
Cost of sales
    190,910       66.5       173,329       63.6       149,970       63.6  
 
                                   
Gross profit
    96,190       33.5       99,351       36.4       85,876       36.4  
Research and development expenses
    8,160       2.8       8,820       3.2       7,412       3.1  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    67,269       23.5       64,080       23.5       59,947       25.4  
 
                                   
Operating income
    20,761       7.2       26,451       9.7       18,517       7.9  
Interest income
    3,017       1.1       3,104       1.1       1,401       0.5  
Other income (expense), net
    311       0.1       7       0.0       (498 )     (0.2 )
 
                                   
Income before income taxes
    24,089       8.4       29,562       10.8       19,420       8.2  
Provision for income taxes
    8,283       2.9       9,332       3.4       5,900       2.5  
 
                                   
Net income
  $ 15,806       5.5 %   $ 20,230       7.4 %   $ 13,520       5.7 %
 
                                   
Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007
Consolidated
Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2008 were $287.1 million, an increase of 5% compared to $272.7 million for the same period last year. Net income for 2008 was $15.8 million or $1.09 per diluted share compared to $20.2 million or $1.33 per diluted share for 2007.
                                 
    2008     2007  
    $ (millions)     % of total     $ (millions)     % of total  
Net sales:
                               
Business
  $ 231.5       80.6 %   $ 214.7       78.7 %
Consumer
    55.6       19.4 %     58.0       21.3 %
 
                       
Total net sales
  $ 287.1       100.0 %   $ 272.7       100.0 %
 
                       
Net sales in our Business lines (subscription broadcasting, OEM, and computing companies) were approximately 81% of net sales for 2008 compared to approximately 79% for 2007. Net sales in our business lines for 2008

29


Table of Contents

increased by approximately 8% to $231.5 million from $214.7 million in 2007. This increase in sales resulted primarily from an increase in the volume of remote control sales, which was partially offset by lower prices. The increase in remote control sales volume was attributable to the continued deployment of advanced function set-top boxes by the service operators, market share gains with a few key subscription broadcasting customers and new customer wins. These advanced functions include digital video recording (“DVR”), video-on-demand (“VOD”), and high definition television (“HDTV”). We expect that the deployment of the advanced function set-top boxes by the service operators will continue into the foreseeable future as penetration for each of the functions cited continues to increase.
Net sales in our Consumer lines (One For All® retail, private label, custom installers, and direct import) were approximately 19% of net sales for 2008 compared to approximately 21% for 2007. Net sales in our consumer lines for 2008 decreased by 4% to $55.6 million from $58.0 million in 2007. The sales were negatively impacted by the weakening of the British Pound compared to the U.S. dollar, which resulted in a decrease in net sales of approximately $2.1 million. The strengthening of the Euro compared to the U.S. dollar positively impacted sales, which resulted in an increase of $1.0 million. Net of the currency effect, retail sales outside of the United States were down by $3.1 million, primarily due to lower sales in the UK, Spain and France. Additionally, Private Label sales in the United States decreased by $1.2 million, or 38%, to $2.0 million in 2008 from $3.2 million in 2007. Partially offsetting these decreases is our expanding presence in the custom electronic design & installation association (“CEDIA”) market which increased sales by $2.2 million, or 47%, from 2007. In addition, other US Retail increased by $0.8 million, from $1.2 million in 2007 to $2.0 million in 2008, due to customer wins.
Gross profit for 2008 was $96.2 million compared to $99.4 million for 2007. Gross profit as a percent of sales for 2008 was 33.5%, compared to 36.4% for 2007, due primarily to the following reasons:
  Sales mix, as a higher percentage of our total sales was comprised of our lower margin Business category. In addition, sales mix within our sales categories also contributed to the decrease in our gross margin rate as consumers trended towards value-oriented products. Collectively, the aforementioned resulted in a decrease of 3.2% in the gross margin rate;
  Foreign currency fluctuations caused a decrease of 0.3% in the gross margin rate;
  A decrease in freight and handling expense (due to a lower percentage of air freight) caused an increase of 0.5% in the gross margin rate.
Research and development expenses decreased 8% from $8.8 million in 2007 to $8.2 million in 2008. The decrease is primarily due to the completion of the latest development phase for the Nevo platform in late 2007.
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 5% from $64.1 million in 2007 to $67.3 million in 2008. The strengthening of the Euro compared to the U.S. dollar resulted in an increase of $2.2 million; payroll and benefits increased by $0.8 million due to new hires and merit increases; stock-based compensation increased by $0.8 million; depreciation expense in 2008 increased by $0.7 million, primarily due to increased tooling to support a higher volume of sales and an office renovation completed in early 2008; sales commissions increased by $0.4 million; bad debt expense increased by $0.4 million; and trade show expense increased by $0.4 million. These items were partially offset by lower long term incentive compensation, which decreased by $1.5 million, and a decline in net outside product development spending, which decreased by $0.9 million.
In 2008, we recorded $3.0 million of net interest income comparable to $3.1 million for 2007.
We recorded income tax expense of $8.3 million in 2008 compared to $9.3 million in 2007. Our effective tax rate was 34.4% in 2008 compared to 31.6% in 2007. The increase in our effective tax rate is due primarily to additional income earned in higher tax-rate jurisdictions as well as lower federal research and development credits.
On February 18, 2009, we acquired certain patents, intellectual property and other assets related to the universal remote control business from Zilog Inc. (NASDAQ: ZILG) for approximately $9.5 million in cash. The purchase included Zilog’s full library and database of infrared codes and software tools. We also hired 115 of Zilog’s sales and engineering personnel, including all 103 of Zilog’s personnel located in India. In a related transaction, Maxim

30


Table of Contents

Integrated Products (NASDAQ: MXIM) acquired two of Zilog’s product lines, namely, the hardware portion of Zilog’s remote control business and Zilog’s secured transaction product line. We have cross–licensed the remote control technology and intellectual property with Maxim Integrated Products for purpose of conducting our respective businesses.
The arrangement involves an agreement to source silicon chips from Maxim. For the first year we will be the exclusive sales agent of universal remote control chips for Maxim, selling the Zilog designs to Zilog’s current list of customers. We expect this arrangement to drive a small increase in our sales and be mildly accretive to our earnings in 2009. Beginning in the second year, we will take over full sales and distribution rights to the current roster of Zilog customers and we anticipate this position will lead to more significant levels of revenue and earnings going forward.
The value we received from this acquisition relates primarily to the following:
    This acquisition will expand the breadth and depth of our customer base in both subscription broadcasting and original equipment manufacturing, particularly in Asia.
 
    We believe integrating Zilog’s technologies with and into our own technology will reduce design cycle times, lower costs, and lead to improvements in our integrated circuit design, product quality and overall functional performance.
 
    The acquisition of former Zilog employees will allow us to leverage their experience to our advantage in the wireless control industry.
Currently, we are performing the cost-allocation process, which requires the cost of an acquisition to be allocated to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. Although we believe the Zilog transaction will be mildly accretive in the first year and grow more significantly in the long term, most technology related acquisitions involve the purchase of significant intangible assets which typically result in substantial amortization charges. There can be no assurance that the integration will be successful or that the customer bases, products or technologies will generate sufficient revenue to offset the associated costs or effects.
We expect the total deal cost related to the Zilog transaction to range between $0.8 million and $1.0 million. These costs will be expensed during the first quarter of 2009 in selling, general and administrative expenses.
Management expects net sales for the year ended December 31, 2009 to grow between zero and five percent from $278.1 million earned in the year ended December 31, 2008. Earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2009 is expected to grow between zero and eight percent over the $1.09 per diluted share earned in the year ended December 31, 2008.
Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006
Consolidated
Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2007 were $272.7 million, an increase of 16% compared to $235.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Net income for 2007 was $20.2 million or $1.33 per diluted share compared to $13.5 million or $0.94 per diluted share for 2006.
                                 
    2007     2006  
    $ (millions)     % of total     $ (millions)     % of total  
Net sales:
                               
Business
  $ 214.7       78.7 %   $ 178.8       75.8 %
Consumer
    58.0       21.3 %     57.0       24.2 %
 
                       
Total net sales
  $ 272.7       100.0 %   $ 235.8       100.0 %
 
                       
Net sales in our Business lines (subscription broadcasting, OEM, and computing companies) were approximately 79% of net sales for 2007 compared to approximately 76% for 2006. Net sales in our business lines for 2007 increased by 20% to $214.7 million from $178.8 million in 2006. This increase in sales resulted primarily from an increase in the volume of remote control sales, which was partially offset by lower prices. The increase in remote

31


Table of Contents

control sales volume was attributable to the continued deployment of advanced function set-top boxes by the service operators and market share gains with a few key subscription broadcasting customers. These advanced functions include digital video recording (“DVR”), video-on-demand (“VOD”), and high definition television (“HDTV”).
Net sales in our Consumer lines (One For All® retail, private label, custom installers, and direct import) were approximately 21% of net sales for 2007 compared to approximately 24% for 2006. Net sales in our consumer lines for 2007 increased by 2% to $58.0 million, from $57.0 million in 2006. The increase in sales resulted primarily from our expanding presence in the custom electronic design & installation association (“CEDIA”) market. CEDIA sales increased by $1.5 million, or 47%, from 2006. Additionally, retail sales made outside of the United States increased by $0.7 million. These sales were positively impacted by the strengthening of both the Euro and the British Pound compared to the U.S. dollar, which resulted in an increase in net sales of approximately $3.8 million. Net of this positive currency effect, retail sales outside of the United States were down by $3.1 million, primarily due to lower sales in the UK and Australia. Partially offsetting these increases were United States direct import licensing and product revenues for 2007, which decreased by $0.9 million, or 44%, to $1.2 million in 2007, down from $2.1 million in 2006. This was due to a decline in royalty revenue and a decline in the volume of Kameleon sales. Additionally, Private Label sales decreased by $0.3 million, or 9%, to $3.2 million in 2007 from $3.5 million in 2006. This was due to a decline in the volume of Kameleon sales in the United States.
Gross profit for 2007 was $99.4 million compared to $85.9 million for 2006. Gross profit as a percent of sales for 2007 was 36.4%, which is comparable to 2006. The gross profit rate was positively impacted by the strengthening of both the Euro and British Pound compared to the U.S. dollar, which resulted in an increase of approximately $3.6 million in gross profit, or an increase of 0.8% in the gross profit rate. A decrease in royalty expense of $1.4 million, due to lower sales of SKY-branded retail product in Europe, increased the gross profit rate by 0.7%. Offsetting the increases in the gross profit rate was an increase in freight and handling expense of $2.7 million in 2007 as compared to 2006, which reduced the gross profit rate by 0.8%. The increase in freight expense is due primarily to an increase in the percentage of units that were shipped by air; air freight is significantly more costly than ocean freight. Additionally, subscription broadcast sales, which generally have a lower gross profit rate as compared to our other sales, represented a larger percentage of our total business. The impact of this change in mix was a 0.7% reduction in the gross profit rate.
Research and development expenses increased 19% from $7.4 million in 2006 to $8.8 million in 2007. The increase is primarily related to internal, as well as, third party costs associated with the continued expansion of the Nevo® platform and the development of products for sale in our subscription broadcasting, retail, and OEM channels.
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 7% from $59.9 million in 2006 to $64.1 million in 2007. Payroll and benefits increased by $2.6 million due to new hires and merit increases; the strengthening of both the Euro and British Pound compared to the U.S. dollar resulted in an increase of $2.4 million; long-term incentive compensation increased by $1.0 million; delivery, freight, and handling costs increased by $0.7 million; additional travel resulted in an increase of $0.6 million; director’s fees and expenses increased by $0.4 million; and commission expense increased by $0.2 million. These items were partially offset by lower employee bonus expense, which decreased by $4.0 million.
In 2007, we recorded $3.1 million of net interest income compared to $1.4 million net for 2006. This increase is due to higher money market rates and a higher average cash balance.
In 2007, we had $0.01 million in other income, net as compared to $0.5 million of other expense, net for 2006. Approximately $0.5 million of other expense in 2006 resulted from foreign currency losses.
We recorded income tax expense of $9.3 million in 2007 compared to $5.9 million in 2006. Our effective tax rate was 31.6% in 2007 compared to 30.4% in 2006. The increase in our effective tax rate is due primarily to additional income earned in higher tax-rate jurisdictions.

32


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources
Sources and Uses of Cash
                                         
    Year Ended           Year Ended           Year Ended
    December 31,   Increase   December 31,   Increase   December 31,
(In thousands)   2008   (Decrease)   2007   (Decrease)   2006
Cash provided by operating activities
  $ 30,152     $ 10,215     $ 19,937     $ 2,725     $ 17,212  
Cash used for investing activities
    (7,420 )     (1,237 )     (6,183 )     (1,115 )     (5,068 )
Cash (used for) provided by financing activities
    (25,187 )     (26,585 )     1,398       (3,785 )     5,183  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
    (8,917 )     (14,300 )     5,383       276       5,107  
                         
    December 31, 2008   (Decrease)   December 31, 2007
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 75,238     $ (11,372 )   $ 86,610  
Working capital
    122,303       (18,027 )     140,330  
Net cash provided by operating activities in 2008 was $30.2 million, compared to $19.9 million and $17.2 million during 2007 and 2006, respectively. The increase in cash flows from operating activities in 2008 compared to 2007 was primarily due to an increase in accounts payable. Accounts payable increased at a higher rate compared to the prior year due to improved vendor management, including negotiating better payment terms with certain significant vendors.
Days sales outstanding improved from 82 days for the fourth quarter 2007 to 68 days for the fourth quarter 2008 resulting in a $3.5 million improvement in working capital in 2008 compared to 2007. Partially offsetting the improvement in days sales outstanding is the decrease in inventory turns from 5.6 during 2007 to 4.9 during 2008. The decrease in inventory turns is a result of our deliberate effort to reduce costly air shipments by carrying additional safety stock as well as maintain high customer service levels with existing and newly acquired customers.
Cash provided by operating activities for 2007 was $19.9 million compared to $17.2 million during 2006. The increase in cash flows from operations in 2007 compared to 2006 was primarily due to the increase in net income of 50% from $13.5 million in 2006 to $20.2 million in 2007, offset partially by an increase in days sales outstanding and a decrease in inventory turns. Days sales outstanding were approximately 82 for the fourth quarter 2007 compared to approximately 67 for the fourth quarter 2006. Our days sales outstanding increased due to certain customers delaying payment beyond their respective payment terms.
Net cash used for investing activities during 2008 was $7.4 million as compared to $6.2 million and $5.1 million during 2007 and 2006, respectively. The increase in cash used for investing activities in 2008 compared to 2007 was due to increased capital expenditures. Capital expenditures in 2008, 2007, and 2006 were $5.9 million, $4.8 million and $4.1 million, respectively. During the first quarter of 2008, we completed our renovation and expansion of our corporate headquarters. The total cost of this renovation was approximately $2.0 million, which was financed through our operations and a $0.4 million tenant improvement allowance from our lessor. In 2008, we also began to make a significant investment to upgrade our information systems, which we expect to cost approximately $1.0 million. We had $0.3 million of capitalized costs related to this system upgrade at December 31, 2008. The strategic planning for the upgrade of our information systems commenced in the second quarter of 2007 and we expect implementation to be completed in 2009. In addition, in order to support our sales growth, the annual purchase of tooling equipment has increased throughout the years.
Net cash used for financing activities was $25.2 million during 2008 compared to cash provided by financing activities of $1.4 million and $5.2 million during 2007 and 2006, respectively. Proceeds from stock option exercises were $1.2 million during 2008, compared to proceeds of $12.6 million and $7.5 million during 2007 and 2006, respectively. In 2008, gains from stock option exercises resulted in a $0.3 million excess tax benefit compared to $3.3 million and $0.3 million for 2007 and 2006, respectively. In addition, we purchased 1,118,318 shares of our common stock at a cost of $26.7 million during 2008, compared to 471,300 and 127,326 shares at a cost of $14.5 million and $2.6 million during 2007 and 2006, respectively. We hold these shares as treasury stock, and they are available for reissue. Presently, except for using a minimal number of these treasury shares to compensate our

33


Table of Contents

outside board members, we have no plans to distribute these shares, although we may change these plans if necessary to fulfill our on-going business objectives.
Effective August 31, 2006, we amended our original Credit Facility with Comerica Bank, extending our line of credit through August 31, 2009. Under the amended Credit Facility, we have the authority to acquire up to an additional 2.0 million shares of our common stock in the open market. From August 31, 2006 through December 31, 2008, we purchased 1,686,218 shares of our common stock, leaving 313,782 shares available for purchase under the Credit Facility. During 2009, we may continue to purchase shares of our common stock if we believe conditions are favorable and to offset the dilutive effect of our stock-based compensation.
Presently, we have no borrowings under this Credit Facility, however we cannot make any assurances that we will not need to borrow amounts under this facility or that this facility will continue to be extended to us under comparable terms or at all. If this or any other Credit Facility is not available to us at a time when we need to borrow, we would have to use our cash reserves which may have a material adverse effect on our earnings, cash flow and financial position.
Subsequent Event
On February 18, 2009, we acquired certain patents, intellectual property and other assets related to the universal remote control business from Zilog Inc. (NASDAQ: ZILG) for approximately $9.5 million in cash. We expect the total deal cost related to the Zilog transaction to range between $0.8 million and $1.0 million. These costs will be expensed during the first quarter of 2009 in selling, general and administrative expenses. For further information regarding this acquisition see “ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS—Results of Operations” at pages 29–31 and “ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA — Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 24” at pages 74–75.
Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and the effect these obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods.
                                         
    Payments Due by Period  
            Less than     1 - 3     4 - 5     After  
(in thousands)   Total     1 year     Years     years     5 years  
Contractual obligations:
                                       
Operating lease obligations
  $ 5,253     $ 1,762     $ 2,660     $ 831     $  
Purchase obligations(1)
    60,772       8,212       27,040       21,520       4,000  
 
                             
Total contractual obligations
  $ 66,025     $ 9,974     $ 29,700     $ 22,351     $ 4,000  
 
                             
 
(1)   Purchase obligations primarily include contractual payments to purchase minimum quantities of inventory under vendor agreements.
Liquidity
We have utilized cash provided from operations as our primary source of liquidity, as internally generated cash flows have been sufficient to support our business operations, capital expenditures, acquisitions and discretionary share repurchases. We are able to supplement this near term liquidity, if necessary, with our Credit Facility, as discussed below.
Historically, our working capital needs have typically been greatest during the third and fourth quarters when accounts receivable and inventories increase in connection with the fourth quarter holiday selling season. At December 31, 2008, we had $122.3 million of working capital as compared to $140.3 million at December 31, 2007.
Our cash and cash equivalent balances are held in the United States, Europe, and Asia. At December 31, 2008, we had approximately $8.4 million, $6.1 million and $60.7 million of cash and cash equivalents in the United States, Europe and Asia, respectively. We maintain our cash and cash equivalents with various financial institutions located

34


Table of Contents

in many different geographic regions. We attempt to mitigate our exposure to interest rate, liquidity, credit and other relevant risks by placing our cash and cash equivalents with financial institutions we believe are high quality.
Effective August 31, 2006, we amended our original Credit Facility with Comerica, extending our line of credit through August 31, 2009. The amended Credit Facility provides a $15 million unsecured revolving credit agreement with Comerica. Under the Credit Facility, the interest payable is variable and is based on the bank’s cost of funds or the 12-month LIBOR plus a fixed margin of 1.25%. The interest rate in effect as of December 31, 2008 using the 12-month LIBOR plus the fixed margin was 3.25%. We pay a commitment fee ranging from zero to a maximum rate of 0.25% per year on the unused portion of the credit line depending on the amount of cash investment retained with Comerica during each quarter. At December 31, 2008, the commitment fee rate was 0.25%. Under the terms of the Credit Facility, dividend payments are allowed for up to 100% of the prior fiscal year’s net income, to be paid within 90 days of the current fiscal year end. We are subject to certain financial covenants related to our net worth, quick ratio, and net income. Amounts available for borrowing under the Credit Facility are reduced by the outstanding balance of import letters of credit. As of December 31, 2008, we did not have any outstanding import letters of credit and the available balance on the line of credit was $15 million. Furthermore, as of December 31, 2008, we were in compliance with all financial covenants required by the Credit Facility.
It is our policy to carefully monitor the state of our business, cash requirements and capital structure. As previously mentioned, we believe that cash generated from our operations and, upon renewal, funds from our Credit Facility will be sufficient to fund current business operations as well as anticipated growth at least through the end of 2009; however, there can be no assurance that such funds will be adequate for that purpose. In addition, our Credit Facility is set to expire on August 31, 2009. We are currently negotiating another extension, however we cannot make any assurances that our Credit Facility will be extended to us beyond its expiration date of August 31, 2009 under comparable terms or at all. If this or any other Credit Facility is not available to us at any time when we need to borrow, we would have to use our cash reserves which may have a material adverse effect on our earnings, cash flow and financial position.
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not participate in any off balance sheet arrangements.
New Accounting Pronouncements
See “ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA — Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 2” for a discussion of new accounting pronouncements.
Outlook
Our focus is to build technology and products that make the consumer’s interaction with devices and content within the home easier and more enjoyable. The pace of change in the home is increasing. The growth of new devices, such as DVD players, PVR/DVR technologies, HDTV and home theater solutions, to name only a few, has transformed control of the home entertainment center into a complex challenge for the consumer. The more recent introduction and projected growth of digital media technologies in the consumers’ life will further increase this complexity. We have set out to create the interface for the connected home, building a bridge between the home devices of today and the networked home of the future. We intend to invest in new products and technology, particularly in the connected home space, which will expand our business beyond the control of devices to the control of and access to content, such as digital media, to enrich the entertainment experience.
We will continue enhancing our leadership position in our core business by developing custom products for our subscription broadcasting, OEM, retail and computing customers, growing our capture expertise in infrared technology and radio frequency standards, adding to our portfolio of patented or patent pending technologies and developing new platform products. We are also developing new ways to enhance remote controls and other accessory products.
We are continuing to seek ways to use our technology to make the set-up and use of control products, and the access to and control of digital entertainment within the home entertainment network, easier and more affordable. In

35


Table of Contents

addition, we are working on product line extensions to our One For All® branded products which include digital antennas, signal boosters, and other A/V accessories.
We are also seeking ways to increase our customer base worldwide, particularly in the areas of subscription broadcasting, OEM and One For All® international retail. We will continue to work on strengthening existing relationships by working with customers to understand how to make the consumer interaction with products and services within the home easier and more enjoyable. We intend to invest in new products and technology to meet our customer needs now and into the future.
We will continue developing software and firmware solutions that can enable devices such as TVs, set-top boxes, stereos, automotive audio systems and other consumer electronic products to wirelessly connect and interact with home networks and interactive services to deliver digital entertainment and information. This “smart device” category is emerging, and in the remainder of 2009, we look to continue to build relationships with our customers in this category.
On February 18, 2009, we acquired certain patents, intellectual property and other assets related to the universal remote control business from Zilog Inc. (NASDAQ: ZILG) for approximately $9.5 million in cash. For further information about this acquisition see “ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS—Results of Operations” and “ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA — Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 24.”
Throughout 2009, we will continue to evaluate acceptable acquisition targets and strategic partnership opportunities in our core business lines as well as in the networked home marketplace. We caution, however, that no assurance can be made that any suitable acquisition target or partnership opportunity will be identified and, if identified, that a transaction can be consummated. Moreover, if consummated, no assurance can be made that any such acquisition or partnership will profitably add to our operations.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to various market risks, including interest rate and foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. We have established policies, procedures and internal processes governing our management of these risks and the use of financial instruments to mitigate our risk exposure.
On August 31, 2006, we amended our Credit Facility to extend for an additional three years, expiring on August 31, 2009. We are currently negotiating another extension. The interest payable under our revolving Credit Facility with our bank is variable and based on either (i) the bank’s cost of funds or (ii) the 12-month LIBOR plus a fixed margin of 1.25%. The cost of the Credit Facility is affected by changes in market interest rates, credit risk spreads and credit availability. The interest rate in effect on the Credit Facility as of December 31, 2008 using the 12-month LIBOR option plus a fixed margin of 1.25% was 3.25%.
At December 31, 2008 we had no borrowings on our Credit Facility, however we cannot make any assurances that we will not need to borrow amounts under this facility or that this facility will be extended to us beyond its expiration date of August 31, 2009 under comparable terms or at all. If this or any other Credit Facility is not available to us at a time when we need to borrow, we would have to use our cash reserves which may have a material adverse effect on our earnings, cash flow and financial position.
At December 31, 2008 we had wholly owned subsidiaries in the Argentina, France, Germany, Hong Kong, India, Italy, the Netherlands, Singapore, Spain, and the United Kingdom. On February 18, 2009, we acquired certain patents, intellectual property and other assets related to the universal remote control business from Zilog Inc. (“Zilog” — NASDAQ: ZILG) for approximately $9.5 million in cash. In connection with this transaction, we formed a subsidiary in the Cayman Islands. Sales are typically denominated in local currencies, thereby creating exposure to changes in exchange rates. Changes in local currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar and, in some cases, to each other, may positively or negatively affect our sales, gross margins, operating expenses and net income. The value of our net balance sheet positions held in foreign currency may also be impacted by fluctuating exchange rates.

36


Table of Contents

From time to time, we enter into foreign currency exchange agreements to manage our exposure arising from fluctuating exchange rates that affect cash flows and our reported income. Contract terms for the foreign currency exchange agreements normally last less than nine months. We do not enter into any derivative transactions for speculative purposes. It is difficult to estimate the impact of fluctuations on reported income, as it depends on the opening and closing rates, the average net balance sheet positions held in a foreign currency and the amount of income generated in local currency. We routinely forecast what these balance sheet positions and income generated in local currency may be and we take steps to minimize exposure as we deem appropriate.
Our foreign currency exposures are primarily concentrated in the Euro and British Pound. The sensitivity of earnings and cash flows to the variability in exchange rates is assessed by applying an approximate range of potential rate fluctuations to our assets, obligations and projected results of operations denominated in foreign currency. Based on our overall foreign currency rate exposure at December 31, 2008, we believe that movements in foreign currency rates may have a material affect on our financial position. We estimate that if the exchange rates for the Euro and the British Pound relative to the U.S. dollar fluctuate 10% from December 31, 2008, net income and cash flows in the first quarter of 2009 would fluctuate by approximately $0.3 million and $8.0 million, respectively.

37


Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         
    Page  
    39  
    40  
    41  
    42  
    43  
    44  
    76  
     All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

38


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Shareholders
Universal Electronics Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Universal Electronics Inc. (a Delaware corporation) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008. Our audits of the basic financial statements included the financial statement schedule listed in the index to consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Universal Electronics Inc. as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
As discussed in Notes 2 and 16 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an Interpretation of Statement No. 109”, effective January 1, 2007.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Universal Electronics Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated March 3, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion.
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
Irvine, California
March 3, 2009

39


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share-related data)
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 75,238     $ 86,610  
Accounts receivable, net
    59,825       60,146  
Inventories, net
    43,675       34,906  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    3,461       1,874  
Deferred income taxes
    2,421       2,871  
 
           
Total current assets
    184,620       186,407  
Equipment, furniture and fixtures, net
    8,686       7,558  
Goodwill
    10,757       10,863  
Intangible assets, net
    5,637       5,700  
Other assets
    609       369  
Deferred income taxes
    7,246       6,388  
 
           
Total assets
  $ 217,555     $ 217,285  
 
           
 
               
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
               
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 44,705     $ 29,382  
Accrued sales discounts, rebates and royalties
    4,848       4,671  
Accrued income taxes
    2,334       1,720  
Accrued compensation
    3,617       3,737  
Other accrued expenses
    6,813       6,567  
 
           
Total current liabilities
    62,317       46,077  
Long-term liabilities:
               
Deferred income taxes
    130       127  
Income tax payable
    1,442       1,506  
Other long term liabilities
    313       1,333  
 
           
Total liabilities
    64,202       49,043  
 
           
 
               
Commitments and contingencies
               
 
               
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding
           
Common stock, $.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized; 18,715,833 and 18,547,019 shares issued at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively
    187       185  
Paid-in capital
    120,551       114,441  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    750       11,221  
Retained earnings
    104,314       88,508  
 
           
 
    225,802       214,355  
 
               
Less cost of common stock in treasury, 5,070,319 and 3,975,439 shares at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively
    (72,449 )     (46,113 )
 
           
Total stockholders’ equity
    153,353       168,242  
 
           
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 217,555     $ 217,285  
 
           
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

40


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Net sales
  $ 287,100     $ 272,680     $ 235,846  
Cost of sales
    190,910       173,329       149,970  
 
                 
Gross profit
    96,190       99,351       85,876  
 
                       
Research and development expenses
    8,160       8,820       7,412  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    67,269       64,080       59,947  
 
                 
 
                       
Operating income
    20,761       26,451       18,517  
Interest income
    3,017       3,104       1,401  
Other income (expense), net
    311       7       (498 )
 
                 
 
                       
Income before provision for income taxes
    24,089       29,562       19,420  
Provision for income taxes
    8,283       9,332       5,900  
 
                 
Net income
  $ 15,806     $ 20,230     $ 13,520  
 
                 
 
                       
Earnings per share:
                       
Basic
  $ 1.13     $ 1.40     $ 0.98  
 
                 
Diluted
  $ 1.09     $ 1.33     $ 0.94  
 
                 
 
                       
Shares used in computing earnings per share:
                       
Basic
    14,015       14,410       13,818  
 
                 
Diluted
    14,456       15,177       14,432  
 
                 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

41


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands)
                                                                                 
                                            Accumulated                              
    Common Stock     Common Stock             Other             Deferred                
    Issued     in Treasury     Paid-in     Comprehensive     Retained     Stock-Based             Comprehensive  
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Capital     Income (Loss)     Earnings     Compensation     Totals     Income  
Balance at December 31, 2005
    16,964       169       (3,421 )     (29,663 )     83,220       (5,265 )     54,994       (163 )   $ 103,292          
Comprehensive income:
                                                                               
Net income
                                                    13,520                     $ 13,520  
Currency translation adjustment
                                            8,024                               8,024  
 
                                                                             
Total comprehensive income
                                                                          $ 21,544  
 
                                                                             
Shares issued for employee benefit plan
    29       1                       528                               529          
Purchase of treasury shares
                    (127 )     (2,589 )                                     (2,589 )        
Stock options exercised
    550       5                       7,492                               7,497          
Shares issued to Directors
                    19       288       (288 )                                      
Stock-based compensation expense under SFAS 123R
                                    3,117                               3,117          
Tax benefit from exercise of non — qualified stock options
                                    827                               827          
Reclassification of deferred stock-based compensation on adoption of SFAS 123(R)
                                    (163 )                     163                
             
Balance at December 31, 2006
    17,543       175       (3,529 )     (31,964 )     94,733       2,759       68,514             134,217          
             
Comprehensive income:
                                                                               
Net income
                                                    20,230                     $ 20,230  
Currency translation adjustment
                                            8,462                               8,462  
 
                                                                             
Total comprehensive income
                                                                          $ 28,692  
 
                                                                             
Shares issued for employee benefit plan
    23       1                       630                               631          
Purchase of treasury shares
                    (471 )     (14,519 )                                     (14,519 )        
Stock options exercised
    981       9                       12,588                               12,597          
Shares issued to Directors
                    25       370       (370 )                                      
Stock-based compensation expense under SFAS 123R
                                    3,521                               3,521          
Adoption of FIN 48 (Note 16)
                                                    (236 )             (236 )        
Tax benefit from exercise of non — qualified stock options
                                    3,339                               3,339          
             
Balance at December 31, 2007
    18,547       185       (3,975 )     (46,113 )     114,441       11,221       88,508             168,242          
             
Comprehensive income:
                                                                               
Net income
                                                    15,806                     $ 15,806  
Currency translation adjustment
                                            (10,471 )                             (10,471 )
 
                                                                             
Total comprehensive income
                                                                          $ 5,335  
 
                                                                             
Shares issued for employee benefit plan and compensation
    55       1                       632                               633          
Purchase of treasury shares
                    (1,118 )     (26,689 )                                     (26,689 )        
Stock options exercised
    114       1                       1,157                               1,158          
Shares issued to Directors
                    23       353       (353 )                                      
Stock-based compensation expense under SFAS 123R
                                    4,243                               4,243          
Tax benefit from exercise of non — qualified stock options and vested restricted stock
                                    431                               431          
             
Balance at December 31, 2008
    18,716     $ 187       (5,070 )   $ (72,449 )   $ 120,551     $ 750     $ 104,314     $     $ 153,353          
             
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

42


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Net income
  $ 15,806     $ 20,230     $ 13,520  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    6,084       4,675       4,187  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    442       23       210  
Provision for inventory write-downs
    2,671       2,146       1,810  
Deferred income taxes
    (448 )     219       (637 )
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options and vested restricted stock
    431       3,339       827  
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation
    (344 )     (3,320 )     (275 )
Shares issued for employee benefit plan
    633       631       529  
Stock-based compensation
    4,243       3,521       3,117  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                       
Accounts receivable
    (1,478 )     (5,033 )     (7,120 )
Inventories
    (12,219 )     (9,194 )     (280 )
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    (1,888 )     837       1,459  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    15,557       3,982       2,546  
Accrued income and other taxes
    662       (2,119 )     (2,681 )
 
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    30,152       19,937       17,212  
 
                 
Cash used for investing activities:
                       
Acquisition of equipment, furniture and fixtures
    (5,945 )     (4,802 )     (4,057 )
Acquisition of intangible assets
    (1,475 )     (1,381 )     (1,011 )
 
                 
Net cash used for investing activities
    (7,420 )     (6,183 )     (5,068 )
 
                 
Cash (used for) provided by financing activities:
                       
Proceeds from stock options exercised
    1,158       12,597       7,497  
Treasury stock purchased
    (26,689 )     (14,519 )     (2,589 )
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation
    344       3,320       275  
 
                 
Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities
    (25,187 )     1,398       5,183  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
    (8,917 )     5,383       5,107  
 
                 
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (11,372 )     20,535       22,434  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    86,610       66,075       43,641  
 
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 75,238     $ 86,610     $ 66,075  
 
                 
Supplemental Cash Flow Information — Income taxes paid were $8.2 million, $8.1 million and $8.7 million in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

43


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1 — Description of Business
Universal Electronics Inc., based in Southern California, has developed a broad line of easy-to-use, pre-programmed universal wireless control products and audio-video accessories that are marketed to enhance home entertainment systems as well as software designed to enable consumers to wirelessly connect, control and interact with an increasingly complex home environment. Our primary markets include retail, private label, original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”), custom installers, cable and satellite service providers, and companies in the personal computing industry. Over the past 21 years, we have developed a broad portfolio of patented technologies and a database of home connectivity software that we license to our customers, including many leading Fortune 500 companies. In addition, we sell our universal wireless control products and other audio/visual accessories through our European headquarters in the Netherlands, and to distributors and retailers in Europe, Australia, New Zealand, South Africa, the Middle East, Mexico, and selected countries in Asia and Latin America under the One For All® brand name.
As used herein, the terms “we”, “us” and “our” refer to Universal Electronics Inc. and its subsidiaries unless the context indicates to the contrary.
Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include our accounts and those of our wholly-owned subsidiaries. All the intercompany accounts and significant transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.
Segment Realignment
In the third quarter of 2006, we integrated the SimpleDevices business segment into our Core Business segment in order to more closely align our financial reporting with our business structure. The segment integration did not impact previously reported consolidated net revenue, income from operations, net income or earnings per share.
Estimates and Assumptions
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those related to revenue recognition, allowance for sales returns and doubtful accounts, warranties, inventory valuation, business combination purchase price allocations, our review for impairment of long-lived assets, intangible assets and goodwill, income taxes and stock-based compensation expense. Actual results may differ from these judgments and estimates, and they may be adjusted as more information becomes available. Any adjustment may be material.
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenue on the sale of products when delivery has occurred, there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.
We record a provision for estimated sales returns on retail product sales in the same period as the related revenues are recorded. These estimates are based on historical sales returns, analysis of credit memo data and other known factors. The provision recorded for estimated sales returns and allowances is deducted from gross sales to arrive at net sales in the period the related revenue is recorded.
We accrue for discounts and rebates on product sales in the same period as the related revenues are recorded based on historical experience. Changes in such accruals may be required if future rebates and incentives differ from our

44


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
estimates. Rebates and incentives are recognized as a reduction of sales if distributed in cash or customer account credits. Rebates and incentives are recognized as cost of sales if we provide products or services for payment.
Sales allowances reduce gross accounts receivable to arrive at accounts receivable, net in the same period the related receivable is recorded. We have no obligations after delivery of our products other than the associated warranties (see Note 21). We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make payments for products sold or services rendered. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on a variety of factors, including historical experience, length of time receivables are past due, current economic trends and changes in customer payment behavior. Also, we record specific provisions for individual accounts when we become aware of a customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations to us, such as in the case of bankruptcy filings or deterioration in the customer’s operating results or financial position. If circumstances related to a customer change, our estimates of the recoverability of the receivables would be further adjusted, either upward or downward.
We generate service revenue, which is paid monthly, as a result of providing consumer support programs to some of our customers through our call centers. These service revenues are recognized when services are performed, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.
We also license our intellectual property including our patented technologies, trade secrets, trademarks, and database of infrared codes. We record license revenue when our customers ship a product incorporating our intellectual property, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.
We may from time to time initiate the sale or license of certain intellectual property, including patented technologies, trademarks, or a particular database of infrared codes. When a fixed upfront fee is received in exchange for the conveyance of a patent, trademark, or database delivered that represents the culmination of the earnings process, we record revenue when delivery has occurred, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured.
When a sales arrangement contains multiple elements, such as software products, licenses and/or services, we allocate revenue to each element based on its relative fair value. The fair values for the multiple elements are determined based on vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), or the price charged when the element is sold separately. The residual method is utilized when VSOE exists for all the undelivered elements, but not for the delivered element. This is performed by allocating revenue to the undelivered elements (that have VSOE) and the residual revenue is allocated to the delivered elements. When the fair value for an undelivered element cannot be determined, we defer revenue for the delivered elements until the undelivered element is delivered. We limit the amount of revenue recognition for delivered elements to the amount that is not contingent on the future delivery of products or services or subject to customer-specified return or refund privileges.
Effective January 1, 2007, we applied the opinion reached by the FASB’s Emerging Issues Task Force on EITF Issue 06-3, “How Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income Statement (That Is, Gross versus Net Presentation) (“EITF 06-3”).” The consensus in EITF 06-3 did not require us to reevaluate our existing accounting policies for income statement presentation. We present all non-income government-assessed taxes (sales, use and value added taxes) collected from our customers and remitted to governmental agencies on a net basis (excluded from revenue) in our financial statements. The government-assessed taxes are recorded in other accrued expenses until they are remitted to the government agency.
Foreign Currency Translation and Foreign Currency Transactions
We use the U.S. dollar as our functional currency for financial reporting purposes. The functional currency for our foreign operations is their local currency. The translation of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars is performed for balance sheet accounts using exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet dates and for revenue and expense accounts using the average exchange rate during each period. The gains and losses resulting from the translation are included in the foreign currency translation adjustment account, a component of accumulated other comprehensive

45


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
income in stockholders’ equity, and are excluded from net income. The portions of intercompany accounts receivable and accounts payable that are not intended for settlement are translated at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Our intercompany foreign investments and long-term debt are translated using historical exchange rates.
We recorded a foreign currency translation loss of $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and a foreign currency translation gain of $8.5 million and $8.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The foreign currency translation loss of $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 was driven by the strengthening of the U.S. dollar versus the Euro. The U.S. dollar/Euro spot rate was 1.39 and 1.46 at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. The foreign currency translation loss during 2008 was compounded by our transfer of 47.0 million, or $60.2 million, into Hong Kong dollars (which are indexed to the U.S. dollar) in November 2008. The U.S. dollar/Euro spot rate at the time of transfer was 1.28. This composed approximately $7.2 million of the foreign currency translation loss for 2008.
The foreign currency translation gain of $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 was driven by the weakening of the U.S. dollar versus the Euro. The U.S. dollar/Euro spot rate was 1.46 and 1.32 at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively. The foreign currency translation gain of $8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 was driven by the weakening of the U.S. dollar versus the Euro. The U.S. dollar/Euro spot rate was 1.32 and 1.18 at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively.
Transaction gains and losses generated by the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on recorded assets and liabilities denominated in a currency different than the functional currency of the applicable entity are recorded in other income (expense), net (see Note 15).
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash accounts and all investments purchased with initial maturities of three months or less. We maintain cash and cash equivalents with various financial institutions. We mitigate our exposure to credit risk by placing our cash and cash equivalents with high quality financial institutions. These financial institutions are located in many different geographic regions. As part of our cash and risk management processes, we perform periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of the financial institutions. We have not sustained credit losses from instruments held at financial institutions.
At December 31, 2008, we had approximately $8.4 million, $6.1 million and $60.7 million of cash and cash equivalents in the United States, Europe and Asia, respectively. At December 31, 2007, we had approximately $12.2 million, $74.3 million and $0.1 million of cash and cash equivalents in the United States, Europe, and Asia, respectively.
Inventories
Inventories consist of remote controls, audio-video accessories and the related component parts. Inventoriable costs included materials, labor, freight-in and manufacturing overhead related to the purchase and production of inventories. We value our inventories at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out method. We attempt to carry inventories in amounts necessary to satisfy our customer requirements on a timely basis.
Product innovations and technological advances may shorten a given product’s life cycle. We continually monitor our inventories to identify any excess or obsolete items on hand. We write-down our inventories for estimated excess and obsolescence in an amount equal to the difference between the cost of the inventories and its estimated net realizable value. These estimates are based upon management’s judgment about future demand and market conditions. Actual results may differ from management’s judgments and additional write-downs may be required. Our total excess and obsolete inventory reserve as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $1.5 million and $1.8 million, respectively, or 3.5% and 5.0% of our total inventory balance.

46


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Equipment, Furniture and Fixtures
Equipment, furniture and fixtures are recorded at cost. To qualify for capitalization an asset must have a useful life greater than one year and a cost greater than $1,000 for individual assets or $5,000 for bulk assets. For financial reporting purposes, depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the appropriate accounts and any gain or loss is included as a component of depreciation expense in operating income.
Estimated useful lives consist of the following:
         
Tooling and equipment (1)
  2-7 Years
Computer equipment
  3-5 Years
Software
  3-5 Years
Furniture and fixtures
  5-7 Years
Leasehold improvements
  Lesser of lease term or useful life (approximately 2 to 6 years)
 
(1)   We purchase tooling equipment for the production of our products. Tooling and equipment is recorded on our balance sheet but is located at our third party manufactures. Tooling and equipment as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $11.6 million and $10.9 million, respectively (see Note 6). We analyze our tooling equipment for impairment annually.
Long-Lived Assets and Intangible Assets
Intangible assets consist principally of distribution rights, patents, trademarks, trade names, and developed and core technologies. Capitalized amounts related to patents represent external legal costs for the application and maintenance of patents. Intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated period of benefit, ranging from two to ten years.
We assess the impairment of long-lived assets and intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors considered important which may trigger an impairment review include the following: (1) significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results; (2) significant changes in the manner or use of the assets or strategy for the overall business; (3) significant negative industry or economic trends and (4) a significant decline in our stock price for a sustained period.
When we determine that the carrying value may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment, we conduct an impairment review. The asset is impaired if its carrying value exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. In assessing recoverability, we must make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors.
The impairment loss is the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. We estimate fair value utilizing the projected discounted cash flow method and a discount rate determined by our management to be commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business model. When calculating fair value, we must make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows, discount rates and other factors. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 we recorded impairment charges of $0.2 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, related to our long-lived assets. The impairment charges are recorded in depreciation expense. We recorded impairment charges related to our intangible assets of $0.1 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. The impairment charges are recorded in amortization expense.
Goodwill
We record the excess purchase price of net tangible and intangible assets acquired over their estimated fair value as goodwill. We have adopted the provisions of SFAS 142, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets.” Under SFAS 142, we are required to test goodwill for impairment at least annually. We evaluate the carrying value of goodwill as of

47


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31 of each year and between annual evaluations if events occur or circumstances change that may reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount. Such circumstances may include, but are not limited to: (1) a significant adverse change in legal factors or in business climate, (2) unanticipated competition, or (3) an adverse action or assessment by a regulator. In performing the impairment review, we determine the carrying amount of each reporting unit by assigning assets and liabilities, including the existing goodwill, to those reporting units (see Note 3). A reporting unit is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (referred to as a component). A component of an operating segment is deemed a reporting unit if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that component. Our domestic and international components are “reporting units” within our one operating segment “Core Business.”
To evaluate whether goodwill is impaired, we compare the fair value of the reporting unit to which the goodwill is assigned to the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill. We estimate the fair value of each reporting unit using the present value of expected future cash flows for that reporting unit. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, the amount of the impairment loss must be measured.
The impairment loss would be calculated by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill to its carrying amount. In calculating the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill, the present value of the reporting unit’s expected future cash flows is allocated to all of the other assets and liabilities of that unit based on their fair values. The excess of the present value of the reporting unit’s expected future cash flows over the amount assigned to its other assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. An impairment loss would be recognized when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value.
We conducted annual goodwill impairment reviews as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. Based on the analysis performed, we determined that the fair values of our reporting units exceeded their carrying amounts, including goodwill, and therefore they were not impaired.
During the fourth quarter of 2004, we purchased SimpleDevices for approximately $12.8 million in cash, including direct acquisition costs, and a potential performance-based payment of our unregistered common stock, if certain future financial objectives were achieved. As a result of the performance-based incentive and other factors, our chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) reviewed SimpleDevices’ discrete operating results through the second quarter of 2006, and SimpleDevices was defined as an “operating segment” and a “reporting unit” as well.
Effective at the end of second quarter 2006, we completed our integration of SimpleDevices’ technologies with our existing technologies, merged SimpleDevices’ sales, engineering and administrative functions into our “domestic” reporting unit, and the performance-based payment related to the acquisition expired. Commencing in the third quarter of 2006, our CODM no longer reviews SimpleDevices’ financial statements on a stand alone basis. As a result of these activities, SimpleDevices became part of the “domestic” reporting unit within our single operating segment.
Income Taxes
Income tax expense includes U.S. and foreign income taxes. We account for income taxes using the liability method. We record deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities on our balance sheet for expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in different periods for financial statement purposes versus tax return purposes using enacted tax rates that will be in effect when these differences reverse. We record a valuation allowance to reduce net deferred tax assets if we determine that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. A current tax asset or liability is recognized for the estimated taxes refundable or payable for the current year.
In accordance with the adoption of FIN 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an Interpretation of Statement No. 109,” if a tax position does not meet the more likely than not standard, a full reserve is established against the tax asset or a liability is recorded. Additionally, a tax position that meets the more likely than not recognition threshold is measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The

48


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
tax position is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.
Capitalized Software Development Costs
We account for software development costs in accordance with SFAS No. 86, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed.” Costs incurred internally while creating a computer software product are expensed when incurred as research and development until technological feasibility has been established. We determined that technological feasibility for our products is established when a working model is complete. Once technological feasibility is established, software development costs are capitalized until the product is available for general release to customers and is then amortized using the greater of (i) the ratio that current gross revenues for a product bear to the total current and anticipated future gross revenues or (ii) the straight-line method over the remaining estimated economic life of the product. The straight-line amortization periods for capitalized software development costs range from 1 to 2 years. Software development costs consist primarily of salaries and employee benefits.
At each balance sheet date, we compare the unamortized cost of a software product to its net realizable value. The amount by which the unamortized cost of a software product exceeds the net realizable value of that asset is written off. The net realizable value is the estimated future gross revenues attributable to each product reduced by its estimated future completion costs and disposal. Any remaining amount of capitalized software development costs that have been written down are considered to be the cost for subsequent accounting purposes, and the amount of the write-down is not subsequently restored.
Capitalized software development costs are stated at cost net of accumulated amortization. Unamortized capitalized software development costs were $0.7 million and $0.4 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. We capitalized $0.6 million, $0.5 million, and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Amortization expense related to capitalized software development costs was $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively (see Note 3).
Research and Development
We account for research and development costs in accordance with SFAS No. 2, “Accounting for Research and Development Costs.” As such, research and development costs are expensed as incurred and consist primarily of salaries, employee benefits, supplies and materials.
Advertising
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense totaled $2.4 million, $2.3 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs
In accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force issued EITF 00-10, “Accounting for Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs,” we include shipping and handling fees billed to customers in net sales. Shipping and handling costs associated with in-bound freight are recorded in cost of goods sold. Other shipping and handling costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses and totaled $8.4 million, $7.9 million and $6.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Derivatives
Our foreign currency exposures are primarily concentrated in the Euro, British Pound and Hong Kong dollar. We periodically enter into foreign currency exchange contracts with terms normally lasting less than nine months to protect against the adverse effects that exchange-rate fluctuations may have on our foreign currency-denominated receivables, payables, cash flows and reported income. We do not enter into financial instruments for speculation or trading purposes. Such contracts involve the risk of non-performance by the counterparty, which may result in a material loss.

49


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The derivatives we enter into have not qualified for hedge accounting. The gains and losses on both the derivatives and the foreign currency-denominated balances are recorded as foreign exchange transaction gains or losses and are classified in other income (expense), net. Derivatives are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. The estimated fair value of derivative financial instruments represents the amount required to enter into similar offsetting contracts with similar remaining maturities based on quoted market prices. Refer to Note 22 for further discussion on derivatives.
Stock-Based Compensation
Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”) using the modified-prospective transition method. Under this transition method, compensation expense recognized for the year ended December 31, 2006 includes: (a) compensation expense for all share-based awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of January 1, 2006 based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS 123 and (b) compensation expense for all share-based awards granted subsequent to December 31, 2005 based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R.
We recognize stock-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the service period of the award, which is generally the vesting term of three to four years. In March 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 (“SAB 107”) regarding the SEC’s interpretation of SFAS 123R and the valuation of share-based compensation for public companies. We have applied the provisions of SAB 107 to our adoption of SFAS 123R.
We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the grant date fair value of stock options. The assumptions utilized in the Black-Scholes model include the following: weighted average fair value of grant, risk-free interest rate, expected volatility and expected life in years. Refer to Note 10 and Note 11 for further discussion on stock-based compensation.
New Accounting Pronouncements
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements for assets and liabilities. SFAS 157 applies when other accounting pronouncements require or permit assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value. Accordingly, SFAS 157 does not require new fair value measurements. In February 2008, the FASB issued their first Staff Position for SFAS 157 (“FSP FAS 157-1”) to amend SFAS 157 to exclude SFAS 13, “Accounting for Leases”, and other accounting pronouncements that address fair value measurements for purposes of lease classification or measurement under SFAS 13. However, this scope exception does not apply to assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination that are required to be measured at fair value under SFAS 141, “Business Combinations”, or SFAS 141R, “Business Combinations”, regardless of whether those assets and liabilities are related to leases. In addition, in February 2008, the FASB issued their second Staff Position for SFAS 157 (“FSP FAS 157-2”), which delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in an entity’s financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually), until fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. We adopted the provisions of SFAS 157 in the first quarter of 2008, except for those items within scope of FSP FAS 157-2, which we will adopt in the first quarter of 2009. The adoption of SFAS 157 did not have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition during the year ended December 31, 2008 (see Note 22 for related disclosure). In addition, we do not believe that the adoption of FSP FAS 157-2 will have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 expands the use of fair value accounting but does not affect existing standards that require assets or liabilities to be carried at fair value. Under SFAS 159, a company may elect to use fair value to measure accounts and loans receivable, available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities, equity method investments, accounts payable, guarantees and issued debt. Other eligible items include firm commitments for financial instruments that otherwise would not be recognized at

50


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
inception and non-cash warranty obligations where a warrantor is permitted to pay a third party to provide the warranty goods or services. If the use of fair value is elected, any upfront costs and fees related to the item must be recognized in earnings and cannot be deferred, such as debt issuance costs. The fair value election is irrevocable and generally made on an instrument-by-instrument basis, even if a company has similar instruments that it elects not to measure based on fair value. At the adoption date, unrealized gains and losses on existing items for which fair value has been elected are reported as a cumulative adjustment to beginning retained earnings. Subsequent to the adoption of SFAS 159, changes in fair value are recognized in earnings. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and was adopted by us in the first quarter of 2008. The adoption of SFAS 159 did not have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition during the year ended December 31, 2008.
In June 2007, the FASB ratified EITF 07-3, “Accounting for Nonrefundable Advance Payments for Goods or Services Received for Use in Future Research and Development Activities” (“EITF 07-3”). EITF 07-3 requires that nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services that will be used or rendered for future research and development activities be deferred and recognized as an expense as the goods are delivered or the related services are performed. EITF 07-3 is effective, on a prospective basis, for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007 and was adopted by us in the first quarter of 2008. We did not have any arrangements with advance payments and therefore the adoption of EITF 07-3 did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2008.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141R”). SFAS 141R establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. SFAS 141R also establishes disclosure requirements to enable the evaluation of the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS 141R is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2008, and will be adopted by us in the first quarter of fiscal 2009. The adoption of Statement 141R will effect the total purchase price of future acquisitions, as acquisition costs will now be expensed, and the allocation of fair value to specific assets and liabilities will be different. We are continuing to evaluate the impact the adoption of SFAS 141R will have on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
In December 2007, the FASB ratified EITF 07-1, “Accounting for Collaborative Arrangements Related to the Development and Commercialization of Intellectual Property” (“EITF 07-1”). EITF 07-1 defines collaborative arrangements and establishes disclosure requirements for transactions between participants in a collaborative arrangement and between participants and third parties in the arrangement. EITF 07-1 is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2008 and should be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented for all collaborative arrangements existing as of the effective date. EITF 07-1 is effective for us beginning January 1, 2009. Currently, we do not have any collaborative arrangements; therefore, we do not believe that the adoption of EITF 07-1 will have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements: an amendment of ARB No. 51” (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 changes the accounting for, and the financial statement presentation of, noncontrolling equity interests in a consolidated subsidiary. SFAS 160 replaces the existing minority-interest provisions of Accounting Research Bulletin 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements,” by defining a new term — noncontrolling interests — to replace what were previously called minority interests. The new standard establishes noncontrolling interests as a component of the equity of a consolidated entity. The underlying principle of the new standard is that both the controlling interest and the noncontrolling interests are part of the equity of a single economic entity: the consolidated reporting entity. Classifying noncontrolling interests as a component of consolidated equity is a change from the current practice of treating minority interests as a mezzanine item between liabilities and equity or as a liability. The change affects both the accounting and financial reporting for noncontrolling interests in a consolidated subsidiary. SFAS 160 includes reporting requirements intended to clearly identify and differentiate the interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling owners. The reporting requirements are required to be applied retrospectively. SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Early adoption is prohibited. We do not believe that the adoption of SFAS 160 will have a material effect on our financial statements as we do not have any noncontrolling equity interests of a consolidated subsidiary.

51


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures About Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133” (“SFAS 161”). SFAS 161 amends and expands the disclosure requirements of SFAS 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” to provide improved transparency into the uses and financial statement impact of derivative instruments and hedging activities. We will be required to provide enhanced disclosures about how and why we use derivative instruments, how they are accounted for, and how they affect our financial performance. This statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged. SFAS 161 encourages, but does not require, comparative disclosures for earlier periods at initial adoption. SFAS 161 is effective for us beginning January 1, 2009. We are currently assessing the impact that SFAS 161 will have on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
In April 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position 142-3 “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets” (“FSP FAS 142-3”). FSP FAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered while developing renewal or extension assumptions to be utilized when determining the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”). The intent of this FSP is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS 142 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under SFAS 141R and other U.S. GAAP. The FSP FAS 142-3 requirements will be applied prospectively to all intangible assets recognized as of, and subsequent to, the effective date. Early adoption is prohibited. FSP FAS 142-3 is effective for us beginning January 1, 2009. We are currently assessing the impact that FSP FAS 142-3 will have on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, “The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” (“SFAS 162”). SFAS 162 identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (the GAAP hierarchy). SFAS 162 was effective for us during the fourth quarter of 2008. The adoption of SFAS 162 did not have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
In June 2008, the FASB issued a Staff Position on EITF 03-6, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities” (“FSP EITF 03-6-1”). FSP EITF 03-6-1 addresses whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and, therefore, need to be included in the earnings allocation in computing earnings per share under SFAS No. 128, “Earnings per Share”. EITF 03-6-1 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2008 and should be applied retrospectively to all prior periods. Early adoption is prohibited. FSP EITF 03-6-1 is effective for us beginning January 1, 2009. We do not expect the adoption of FSP EITF 03-6-1 to have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
In June 2008, the FASB ratified EITF Issue No. 08-3, “Accounting for Lessees for Maintenance Deposits Under Lease Arrangements” (“EITF 08-3”). EITF 08-3 provides guidance for accounting for nonrefundable maintenance deposits. It also provides revenue recognition accounting guidance for the lessor. EITF 08-3 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The implementation of this standard is not expected to have a material effect on our consolidated financial position and results of operations.
In September 2008, the FASB issued FSP 133-1 and FIN 45-4, “Disclosures about Credit Derivatives and Certain Guarantees: An Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 and FASB Interpretation No. 45; and Clarification of the Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 161” (FSP 133-1 and FIN 45-4). FSP 133-1 and FIN 45-4 amends and enhances disclosure requirements for sellers of credit derivatives and financial guarantees. It also clarifies that the disclosure requirements of SFAS 161 are effective for quarterly periods beginning after November 15, 2008, and fiscal years that include those periods. FSP 133-1 and FIN 45-4 is effective for reporting periods (annual or interim) ending after November 15, 2008. The implementation of this standard is not expected to have a material effect on our consolidated financial position and results of operations.
In October 2008, the FASB issued FSP 157-3 “Determining Fair Value of a Financial Asset in a Market That Is Not Active” (“FSP 157-3”). FSP 157-3 clarifies the application of SFAS 157 in an inactive market and demonstrates how the fair value of a financial asset is determined when the market for that financial asset is inactive. FSP 157-3

52


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
was effective upon issuance, including prior periods for which financial statements had not been issued. The implementation of this standard did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial position and results of operations.
In November 2008, the FASB ratified EITF Issue No. 08-7, “Accounting for Defensive Intangible Assets,” (“EITF 08-7”). EITF 08-7 applies to defensive intangible assets, which are acquired intangible assets that the acquirer does not intend to actively use but intends to hold to prevent its competitors from obtaining access to them. As these assets are separately identifiable, EITF 08-7 requires an acquiring entity to account for defensive intangible assets as a separate unit of accounting. Defensive intangible assets must be recognized at fair value in accordance with SFAS 141R and SFAS 157. EITF 08-7 is effective for defensive intangible assets acquired in fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008 and will be adopted by us in the first quarter of fiscal 2009. We are currently evaluating the potential impact, if any, of the adoption of EITF 08-7 on our consolidated financial position and results of operations.
In November 2008, the FASB ratified EITF Issue No. 08-6, “Equity Method Investment Accounting Considerations” (“EITF 08-6”). EITF 08-6 clarifies the accounting and impairment considerations involving equity method investments after the effective date of SFAS 141R and SFAS 160. EITF 08-6 also provides guidance on how an equity method investor should account for contingent consideration. This issue is effective in fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Early adoption is prohibited. We do not believe that the adoption of EITF 08-6 will have a material effect on our financial statements as we do not have any equity method investments.
Note 3 — Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Under the requirements of SFAS 142, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets”, the unit of accounting for goodwill is at a level of reporting referred to as a “reporting unit.” SFAS 142 defines a reporting unit as either (1) an operating segment — as defined in SFAS 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information” or (2) one level below an operating segment — referred to as a component. Our domestic and international components are “reporting units” within our one operating segment “Core Business.” Goodwill is evaluated for impairment as of December 31 of each year and between annual evaluations, if events occur or circumstances change indicating that more than likely than not the fair value of a reporting unit has been reduced below its carrying amount.
Effective at the end of second quarter 2006, we completed our integration of SimpleDevices’ technologies with our existing technologies, merged SimpleDevices’ sales, engineering and administrative functions into our “domestic” reporting unit, and the performance-based payment related to the acquisition expired. In addition, our CODM no longer reviews SimpleDevices’ financial statements on a stand alone basis, commencing in the third quarter of 2006. As a result of these activities, SimpleDevices became part of the “domestic” reporting unit within our single operating segment.
Goodwill related to the domestic component was the result of our acquisition of a remote control company in 1998 and the acquisition of a software company (SimpleDevices Inc.) in 2004. Goodwill related to our international component resulted from the acquisition of remote control distributors in the UK in 1998, Spain in 1999 and France in 2000.
The goodwill amounts related to our domestic and international components are the following:
                 
    December 31,  
(in thousands)   2008     2007  
Goodwill:
               
Unites States
  $ 8,314     $ 8,314  
International(1)
    2,443       2,549  
 
           
Total goodwill
  $ 10,757     $ 10,863  
 
           
 
(1)   The difference in international goodwill reported at December 31, 2008, as compared to the goodwill reported at December 31, 2007, was the result of fluctuations in the foreign currency exchange rates used to translate the balance into U.S. dollars.

53


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Our other intangible assets consist primarily of distribution rights, patents, trademarks, purchased and developed core technologies and capitalized software development costs. Capitalized amounts related to our patents represent external legal costs incurred for their application and maintenance. Intangible assets are amortized utilizing the straight-line method over our estimated period of benefit, ranging from one to ten years.
Detailed information regarding our other intangible assets is as follows:
                 
(in thousands)   2008(1)     2007(1)  
Carrying amount:
               
Distribution rights (10 years)
  $ 399     $ 419  
Patents (10 years)
    7,115       6,335  
Trademark and trade names (10 years)
    840       840  
Core technology (5 years)
    1,630       1,630  
Capitalized software development (1-2 years)
    1,030       499  
Other (5 years)
          370  
 
           
Total carrying amount
  $ 11,014     $ 10,093  
 
           
 
               
Accumulated amortization:
               
Distribution rights
  $ 53     $ 56  
Patents
    3,292       2,695  
Trademark and trade names
    357       273  
Core technology
    1,386       1,060  
Capitalized software development
    289       68  
Other
          241  
 
           
Total accumulated amortization
  $ 5,377     $ 4,393  
 
           
 
               
Net carrying amount:
               
Distribution rights
  $ 346     $ 363  
Patents
    3,823       3,640  
Trademark and trade names
    483       567  
Core technology
    244       570  
Capitalized software development
    741       431  
Other
          129  
 
           
Total net carrying amount
  $ 5,637     $ 5,700  
 
           
 
(1)   This table excludes fully amortized intangible assets of $5,928 thousand and $5,457 thousand as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Amortization expense is recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses, except for amortization expense related to capitalized software development which is recorded in cost of sales. Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 was approximately $1.5 million, $1.3 million and $1.5 million, respectively.
In accordance with SFAS 144 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” patents with a carrying amount of $27 thousand, capitalized software development with a carrying value of $46 thousand, and other intangibles with a carrying amount of $55 thousand, were disposed of in 2008. We disposed of patents with carrying amounts of $73 thousand and $55 thousand in 2007 and 2006, respectively. These assets no longer held any probable future economic benefits and were written-off. Impairment charges are included in selling, general and administrative expenses. Please see Note 2 under the caption Long-Lived Assets and Intangible Assets for further information about the valuation methodology utilized.

54


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Estimated future amortization expense related to our other intangible assets at December 31, 2008, is as follows:
         
(in thousands)      
2009
  $ 1,491  
2010
    1,042  
2011
    773  
2012
    773  
2013
    773  
Thereafter
    785  
 
     
 
  $ 5,637  
 
     
The weighted average amortization period of intangible assets is 5.3 years.
Note 4 — Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable consisted of the following at December 31, 2008 and 2007:
                 
(in thousands)   2008     2007  
Trade receivable, gross
  $ 65,014     $ 63,528  
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    (2,439 )     (2,330 )
Allowance for sales returns
    (2,823 )     (1,482 )
 
           
Net trade receivable
    59,752       59,716  
Other (1)
    73       430  
 
           
Accounts receivable, net
  $ 59,825     $ 60,146  
 
           
 
(1)   Other receivable as of December 31, 2007, consisted primarily of a tenant improvement allowance provided by our landlord for the renovation and expansion of our corporate headquarters in Cypress, California. Construction was completed during the first quarter of 2008 and the tenant improvement allowance was substantially collected in the third quarter of 2008.
Sales Returns
We record a provision for estimated sales returns and allowances on retail product sales in the same period as the related revenues are recorded. These estimates are based on historical sales returns, analysis of credit memo data and other known factors. The provision recorded for estimated sales returns and allowances is deducted from gross sales to arrive at net sales in the period the related revenue is recorded. Sales allowances reduce gross accounts receivable to arrive at accounts receivable, net in the same period the related receivable is recorded. Our contractual sales return periods range up to six months. We have no other obligations after delivery of our products other than the associated warranties.
The allowance for sales returns balance at December 31, 2008 and 2007 contained reserves for items returned prior to year-end, but that were not completely processed, and therefore not yet removed from the allowance for sales returns balance. We estimate that if these returns had been fully processed, the allowance for sales returns balance would have been approximately $0.8 million on December 31, 2008 and 2007. The value of these returned goods was included in our inventory balance at December 31, 2008 and 2007.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. Our allowance for doubtful accounts is our best estimate of losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make their required payments. We maintain a general allowance for doubtful accounts based on a variety of factors, including historical experience, length of time receivables are past due, and current economic trends. Also, we record specific provisions for individual accounts when we become aware of a customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations to us, such as in the case of bankruptcy filings or deterioration in the customer’s operating results or financial position. If circumstances related to a customer change, our estimates of the recoverability of the receivables would be further adjusted, either upward or downward.

55


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following changes occurred in the allowance for doubtful accounts during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:
                                 
(in thousands)   Balance at   Additions           Balance at
    Beginning of   to Costs and   (Write-offs)/   End of
Description   Period   Expenses   FX Effects   Period
Year Ended December 31, 2008
  $ 2,330     $ 442     $ (333 )   $ 2,439  
Year Ended December 31, 2007
  $ 2,602     $ 23     $ (295 )   $ 2,330  
Year Ended December 31, 2006
  $ 2,296     $ 210     $ 96     $ 2,602  
Note 5 — Inventories
Inventories, net consisted of the following at December 31, 2008 and 2007:
                 
(in thousands)   2008     2007  
Components
  $ 7,879     $ 6,750  
Finished goods
    37,331       29,982  
Reserve for inventory obsolescence
    (1,535 )     (1,826 )
 
           
Inventories, net
  $ 43,675     $ 34,906  
 
           
During the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, inventory write-downs totaled $2.4 million and $2.1 million, respectively. Inventory write-downs are a normal part of our business and result primarily from product life cycle estimation variances and manufacturing yield loss.
Note 6 — Equipment, Furniture and Fixtures
Equipment, furniture, and fixtures net consisted of the following at December 31, 2008 and 2007:
                 
(in thousands)   2008     2007  
Tooling
  $ 10,567     $ 9,998  
Computer equipment
    2,588       2,581  
Software
    2,937       2,583  
Furniture and fixtures
    1,740       1,660  
Leasehold improvements
    2,824       1,056  
Machinery and equipment
    1,040       911  
 
           
 
    21,696       18,789  
Accumulated depreciation
    (14,275 )     (13,725 )
 
           
 
    7,421       5,064  
Construction in progress
    1,265       2,494  
 
           
Total equipment, furniture and fixtures, net
  $ 8,686     $ 7,558  
 
           
Depreciation expense including tooling depreciation, which is recorded in cost of goods sold, was $4.6 million, $3.4 million and $2.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
As of December 31, 2008, construction in progress consisted primarily of $0.7 million in tooling and $0.5 million in software. We expect that approximately 70% of the construction in progress costs will be placed in service during the first and second quarters of 2009. We will begin to depreciate those assets at that time. As of December 31, 2007, construction in progress consisted primarily of $1.0 million in leasehold improvements, $0.8 million in tooling and equipment, $0.3 million in software and $0.3 million in furniture and fixtures.
Note 7 — Revolving Credit Line
Effective August 31, 2006, we amended our original Credit Facility with Comerica Bank (“Comerica”), extending our line of credit through August 31, 2009. The amended Credit Facility provides a $15 million unsecured revolving credit agreement with Comerica. Under the Credit Facility, the interest payable is variable and is based on the bank’s cost of funds or 12-month LIBOR plus a fixed margin of 1.25%. The interest rate in effect as of December 31, 2008 using 12-month LIBOR plus the fixed margin was 3.25%. We pay a commitment fee ranging from zero to

56


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
a maximum rate of 0.25% per year on the unused portion of the credit line depending on the amount of cash investment retained with Comerica during each quarter. At December 31, 2008, the commitment fee rate was 0.25%. Under the terms of the Credit Facility, dividend payments are allowed for up to 100% of the prior fiscal year’s net income, to be paid within 90 days of the current fiscal year end. We are subject to certain financial covenants related to our net worth, quick ratio, and net income. Amounts available for borrowing under the Credit Facility are reduced by the outstanding balance of import letters of credit. As of December 31, 2008, we did not have any outstanding import letters of credit and the available balance on the line of credit was $15 million. Furthermore, as of December 31, 2008, we were in compliance with all financial covenants required by the Credit Facility.
Under the amended Credit Facility, we have the authority to acquire up to an additional 2.0 million shares of our common stock in the open market. From August 31, 2006 through December 31, 2008, we purchased 1,686,218 shares of our common stock, leaving 313,782 shares available for purchase under the Credit Facility (see Note 10).
Presently, we have no borrowings under this Credit Facility, however we cannot make any assurances that we will not need to borrow amounts under this facility or that this facility will be extended to us beyond its expiration date of August 31, 2009 under comparable terms or at all. If this or any other credit facility is not available to us at a time when we need to borrow, we would have to use our cash reserves, which may have a material adverse effect on our earnings, cash flow and financial position.
Note 8 — Other Accrued Expenses
The components of other accrued expenses as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 are listed below:
                 
(in thousands)   2008     2007  
Accrued freight
  $ 1,846     $ 1,435  
Accrued professional fees
    1,245       580  
Accrued advertising and marketing
    644       735  
Deferred income taxes
    356       511  
Accrued third-party commissions
    262       204  
Accrued sales and VAT taxes
    410       499  
Other
    2,050       2,603  
 
           
Total other accrued expenses
  $ 6,813     $ 6,567  
 
           
Note 9 — Financial Instruments
Our financial instruments consist primarily of investments in cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The carrying value of these instruments approximate fair value due to their short maturities.
Note 10 — Stockholders’ Equity
Fair Price Provisions and Other Anti-Takeover Measures
Our Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, contains certain provisions restricting business combinations with interested stockholders under certain circumstances and imposing higher voting requirements for the approval of certain transactions (“fair price” provisions). Any of these provisions may delay or prevent a change in control. The “fair price” provisions require that holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of voting stock approve certain business combinations and significant transactions with interested stockholders.
Treasury Stock
During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we repurchased 1,118,318, 471,300 and 127,326 shares of our common stock at a cost of $26.7 million, $14.5 million and $2.6 million, respectively. Repurchased shares are recorded as shares held in treasury at cost. We generally hold shares for future use as management and the Board of Directors deem appropriate, including compensating our outside directors. During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we issued 23,438, 24,688 and 19,375 shares, respectively, to outside directors for services performed (see Note 11).

57


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Stock Awards to Outside Directors
We issue restricted stock awards to our outside directors as compensation for services performed. We grant each of our outside directors 5,000 shares of our common stock annually each July 1st. When an additional outside director joins our Board of Directors, the director receives an allocated number of shares based on months of service during the initial year. Under SFAS 123R, compensation expense related to restricted stock awards is based on the fair value of the shares awarded as of the grant date. The fair value of these shares is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of one year (see Note 11). The shares are issued from treasury stock using a first-in-first-out cost basis, which amounted to $0.4 million and $0.4 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Refer to the table below for shares granted to our outside directors from July 1, 2005 through December 31, 2008, their fair market value and total amortization expense for the respective year:
                                                 
                    Compensation Expense        
    Shares     Fair Market                          
Grant Date   Granted     Value(1)     2008     2007     2006     Unvested  
July 1, 2005
    20,000     $ 325,800     $     $     $ 162,900     $  
July 1, 2006
    15,000       272,100             136,050       136,050        
August 14, 2006
    4,375       79,406             45,375       34,031        
October 23, 2006
    3,438       72,679             52,850       19,829        
July 1, 2007
    22,500       815,512       362,449       453,063              
April 24, 2008
    938       24,834       24,834                    
July 1, 2008
    25,000       524,375       262,188                   262,187  
 
                                       
Total Amortization Expense
                  $ 649,471     $ 687,338     $ 352,810     $ 262,187  
 
                                       
 
(1)   The fair market value is based on the average of the high and low trade prices on the date of grant.
The unvested restricted stock compensation cost of $262,187 will be recognized in the first half of 2009. During the fourth quarter of 2007, 2,500 shares were forfeited due to the death of one of our outside directors. The fair market value of the forfeited shares amounted to $90,613 which has been excluded from the above table.
Note 11 — Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation expense
We account for our stock-based compensation plans under SFAS 123R. Stock-based compensation expense for each employee and director is presented in the same income statement caption as their cash compensation. We recorded $4.2 million, $3.5 million and $3.1 million (including amounts for restricted stock as described in Note 10) of total pre-tax stock-based compensation expense during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.
During the first quarter of 2008, as part of our annual compensation review cycle, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors granted 115,926 shares of restricted stock to our executives under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. These awards were granted to assist us in meeting our performance and retention objectives. Compensation expense for these restricted stock awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of three years. In accordance with SFAS 123R, compensation expense related to restricted stock awards is determined based on the fair value of the shares awarded on the grant date. We determined the fair value of the restricted stock utilizing the average of the high and low trade prices of our Company’s shares on the grant date. The stock-based compensation expense included in SG&A related to this award was $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
The income tax benefit under SFAS 123R from the recognition of stock-based compensation for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 was $1.5 million, $1.2 million, and $1.0 million, respectively.

58


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Stock-based compensation expense by income statement caption for the three years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was the following:
                         
(in thousands)   2008     2007     2006  
Cost of sales
  $ 17     $ 31     $ 26  
Research and development
    356       418       370  
Selling, general and administrative
    3,870       3,072       2,721  
 
                 
Total stock-based compensation expense
  $ 4,243     $ 3,521     $ 3,117  
 
                 
As of December 31, 2008, we expect to recognize $2.8 million of total unrecognized pre-tax stock-based compensation expense related to non-vested stock options over a weighted-average life of 2.21 years.
As part of the adoption of SFAS 123R, we evaluated the available option pricing models and the assumptions we may utilize to estimate the fair value of stock options granted to employees and directors. We elected to utilize the Black-Scholes option pricing model. As part of our assessment of possible assumptions, management determined that historical volatility calculated based on our actively traded common stock is a better indicator of expected volatility and future stock price trends than implied volatility. Therefore, we calculate the expected volatility of our common stock utilizing its historical volatility over a period of time equal to the expected term of the stock option. In addition, we examined the historical pattern of stock option exercises in an effort to determine if there were any discernable activity patterns based on employee classification. From this analysis, we identified two classifications: (1) Executives and Board of Directors and (2) Non-Executives. Our estimate of expected life is computed utilizing historical exercise patterns and post-vesting behavior within each of the two identified classifications. The risk-free interest rate over the expected term is equal to the prevailing U.S. Treasury note rate over the same period.
The assumptions we utilized in the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the resulting weighted average fair value of stock option grants were the following:
                         
    December 31, (1)
    2008   2007   2006
Weighted average fair value of grants
  $ 9.08     $ 11.77     $ 7.50  
Risk-free interest rate
    2.75 %     4.56 %     4.72 %
Expected volatility
    40.85 %     39.06 %     39.27 %
Expected life in years
    4.74       5.25       4.89  
 
(1)   The weighted average fair value of grants was calculated utilizing the stock options granted during each respective period.
We recognize the compensation expense related to stock option awards net of estimated forfeitures over the service period of the award, which is generally the option vesting term of three to four years. We estimated the annual forfeiture rate for our executives and board of directors group to be 2.66%, 2.41%, and 2.41% as of December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively, based upon our historical forfeitures. We estimated the annual forfeiture rate for our non-executive employee group to be 6.31%, 5.95%, and 5.95% as of December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively, based on our historical forfeitures.

59


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Stock option activity during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was the following:
                                                                                                 
    2008     2007     2006  
                    Average                             Average                             Average        
            Weighted-     Remaining     Aggregate             Weighted-     Remaining     Aggregate             Weighted-     Remaining     Aggregate  
    Number of     Average     Contractual     Intrinsic     Number of     Average     Contractual     Intrinsic     Number of     Average     Contractual     Intrinsic  
    Options     Exercise     Term     Value     Options     Exercise     Term     Value     Options     Exercise     Term     Value  
    (in 000’s)     Price     (in years)     (in 000’s)     (in 000’s)     Price     (in years)     (in 000’s)     (in 000’s)     Price     (in years)     (in 000’s)  
Outstanding at beginning of the year
    1,739     $ 16.83                       2,480     $ 13.73                       3,151     $ 13.70                  
 
                                                                                               
Granted
    140       23.46                       329       27.80                       46       18.15                  
 
                                                                                               
Exercised
    (114 )     10.19             $ 1,562       (981 )     12.83             $ 17,263       (550 )     13.58             $ 3,036  
 
                                                                                               
Forfeited/cancelled/ expired
    (36 )     24.70                       (89 )     14.91                       (167 )     16.08                  
                                                                   
 
                                                                                               
Outstanding at end of year
    1,729     $ 17.64       5.06     $ 3,045       1,739     $ 16.83       5.58     $ 28,884       2,480     $ 13.73       5.51     $ 18,096  
 
                                                                                               
Vested and expected to vest at end of year
    1,688     $ 17.42       4.98     $ 3,045       1,650     $ 16.43       5.41     $ 28,079       2,411     $ 13.64       5.43     $ 17,783  
 
                                                                                               
Exercisable at end of year
    1,267     $ 15.34       3.97     $ 3,044       1,081     $ 13.84       4.05     $ 21,187       1,848     $ 12.91       4.67     $ 14,994  
The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between our closing stock price on the last trading day of 2008, 2007 and 2006 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. This amount will change based on the fair market value of our stock. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised in fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $1.6 million, $17.3 million and $3.0 million, respectively.
During 2008 and 2007, there were no significant modifications made to outstanding stock options. During 2006, stock options were modified due to an employee’s death, resulting in 2,875 unvested stock options becoming fully vested. The incremental stock-based compensation expense resulting from the modification was $0.01 million.
Cash received from option exercises for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $1.2 million, $12.6 million and $7.5 million, respectively. The actual tax benefit realized from option exercises of the share-based payment awards was $0.4 million, $3.3 million and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

60


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Non-vested restricted stock award activity during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 (including restricted stock issued to directors as described in Note 10) was the following:
                 
            Weighted-
    Shares   Average
    Granted   Grant Date
    (in 000’s)   Fair Value
Non-vested at December 31, 2005
    10     $ 16.29  
Granted
    23       18.59  
Vested
    (20 )     17.37  
Forfeited
           
 
               
 
               
Non-vested at December 31, 2006
    13     $ 18.74  
 
               
 
               
Granted
    25       36.25  
Vested
    (25 )     27.49  
Forfeited
    (3 )     36.25  
 
               
 
               
Non-vested at December 31, 2007
    10     $ 36.25  
 
               
 
               
Granted
    142       23.15  
Vested
    (62 )     25.15  
Forfeited
           
 
               
Non-vested at December 31, 2008
    90     $ 23.23  
 
               
As of December 31, 2008, we expect to recognize $2.1 million of total unrecognized pre-tax stock-based compensation expense related to non-vested restricted stock awards over a weighted-average life of 1.8 years.
Stock Incentive Plans
1993 Stock Incentive Plan
On January 19, 1993, the 1993 Stock Incentive Plan (“1993 Plan”) was approved. Under the 1993 Plan, 400,000 shares of common stock were reserved for the granting of incentive and other stock options to officers, key employees and directors. The 1993 Plan provided for the granting of incentive and other stock options through January 18, 2003. All options outstanding at the time of termination of the 1993 Plan shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with their terms. The option price for incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options was not less than the fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee determined when each option was to expire, but no option was exercisable more than ten years after the date the option was granted. The 1993 Plan also provided for the award of stock appreciation rights subject to terms and conditions specified by the Compensation Committee. No stock appreciation rights have been awarded under this 1993 Plan. There are no remaining options available for grant under the 1993 Plan. There are 17,400 shares outstanding under this plan as of December 31, 2008.
1995 Stock Incentive Plan
On May 19, 1995, the 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (“1995 Plan”) was approved. Under the 1995 Plan, 800,000 shares of common stock were available for distribution to our key officers, employees and directors. The 1995 Plan provided for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance stock units, or any combination thereof through May 18, 2005, unless otherwise terminated by resolution of our Board of Directors. The option prices for the stock options were equal to the fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee determined when each option was to expire, but no option was exercisable more than ten years after the date the option was granted. No stock appreciation rights or performance stock units have been awarded under this 1995 Plan. There are no remaining options available for grant under the 1995 Plan. There are 50,000 shares outstanding under this plan as of December 31, 2008.

61


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1996 Stock Incentive Plan
On December 1, 1996, the 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (“1996 Plan”) was approved. Under the 1996 Plan, 800,000 shares of common stock were available for distribution to our key officers and employees. The 1996 Plan provided for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance stock units, or any combination thereof through November 30, 2007, unless otherwise terminated by the resolution of our Board of Directors. The option price for the stock options was equal to the fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee determined when each option was to expire, but no option was exercisable more than ten years after the date the option was granted. No stock appreciation rights or performance stock units have been awarded under this 1996 Plan. There are no remaining options available for grant under the 1996 Plan. There are 21,334 shares outstanding under this plan as of December 31, 2008.
1998 Stock Incentive Plan
On May 27, 1998, the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (“1998 Plan”) was approved. Under the 1998 Plan, 630,000 shares of common stock were available for distribution to our key officers, employees, and directors. The 1998 Plan provided for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance stock units, or any combination thereof through May 26, 2008, unless otherwise terminated by resolution of our Board of Directors. The option price for the stock options was not less than the fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee determined when each option was to expire, but no option was exercisable more than ten years after the date the option was granted. No stock appreciation rights or performance stock units have been awarded under this 1998 Plan. There are no remaining options available for grant under the 1998 Plan. There are 91,000 shares outstanding under this plan as of December 31, 2008.
1999 Stock Incentive Plan
On January 27, 1999, the 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (“1999 Plan”) was approved. Under the 1999 Plan, 630,000 shares of common stock were available for distribution to our key officers and employees. The 1999 Plan provided for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance stock units, or any combination thereof through January 26, 2009, unless otherwise terminated by resolution of our Board of Directors. The option price for the stock options was not less than the fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee determined when each option was to expire, but no option was exercisable more than ten years after the date the option was granted. No stock appreciation rights or performance stock units have been awarded under this 1999 Plan. There are 3,125 remaining options available for grant under the 1999 Plan. There are 39,177 shares outstanding under this plan as of December 31, 2008.
1999A Stock Incentive Plan
On October 7, 1999, the 1999A Nonqualified Stock Plan (“1999A Plan”) was approved and on February 1, 2000, the 1999A Plan was amended. Under the 1999A Plan, 1,000,000 shares of common stock were available for distribution to our key officers and employees. The 1999A Plan provided for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance stock units, or any combination thereof through October 6, 2009, unless otherwise terminated by resolution of our Board of Directors. The option price for the stock options was not less than the fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee determined when each option was to expire, but no option was exercisable more than ten years after the date the option was granted. No stock appreciation rights or performance stock units have been awarded under this 1999A Plan. There are 3,791 remaining options available for grant under the 1999A Plan. There are 349,959 shares outstanding under this plan as of December 31, 2008.
2002 Stock Incentive Plan
On February 5, 2002, the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (“2002 Plan”) was approved. Under the 2002 Plan, 1,000,000 shares of common stock were available for distribution to our key officers, employees, and directors. The 2002 Plan provided for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance stock units, or any combination thereof through February 4, 2012, unless otherwise terminated by resolution of our Board of Directors. The option price for the stock options was not less than the fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee

62


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
determined when each option was to expire, but no option was exercisable more than ten years after the date the option was granted. No stock appreciation rights or performance stock units have been awarded under this 2002 Plan. There are 2,997 remaining options available for grant under the 2002 Plan. There are 421,238 shares outstanding under this plan as of December 31, 2008.
2003 Stock Incentive Plan
On June 18, 2003, the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan (“2003 Plan”) was approved. Under the 2003 Plan, 1,000,000 shares of common stock were available for distribution to our key officers, employees, and directors. The 2003 Plan provided for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance stock units, or any combination thereof through June 17, 2013, unless otherwise terminated by resolution of our Board of Directors. The option price for the stock options was not less than the fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee determined when each option was to expire, but no option was exercisable more than ten years after the date the option was granted. No stock appreciation rights or performance stock units have been awarded under this 2003 Plan. There are 21,522 remaining options available for grant under the 2003 Plan. There are 618,061 shares outstanding under this plan as of December 31, 2008.
2006 Stock Incentive Plan
On June 13, 2006, the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (“2006 Plan”) was approved. Under the 2006 Plan, 1,000,000 shares of common stock were available for distribution to our key officers, employees, and directors. The 2006 Plan provided for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, performance stock units, or any combination thereof through June 12, 2016, unless otherwise terminated by resolution of our Board of Directors. The option price for the stock options was not less than the fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee determined when each option is to expire, but no option was exercisable more than ten years after the date the option was granted. No stock appreciation rights or performance stock units have been awarded under this 2006 Plan. There are 762,824 remaining shares available for grant under the 2006 Plan. There are 86,937 restricted stock awards and 121,250 stock options outstanding under this plan as of December 31, 2008.
Vesting periods for the above referenced stock incentive plans range from three to four years.
Significant option groups outstanding at December 31, 2008 and the related weighted average exercise price and life information are listed below:
                                         
    Options Outstanding   Options Exercisable
    Number                   Number    
    Outstanding   Weighted-Average   Weighted-Average   Exercisable   Weighted-Average
Range of   At 12/31/08   Remaining Years of   Exercise   At 12/31/08   Exercise
Exercise Prices   (in 000’s)   Contractual Life   Price   (in 000’s)   Price
$   7.50 to $9.83
    180       3.38     $ 8.65       180     $ 8.65  
   10.92 to 13.08
    377       3.28       11.91       377       11.91  
   14.85 to 16.88
    222       4.05       16.06       207       16.02  
   17.11 to 17.62
    289       6.05       17.58       201       17.58  
   18.01 to 21.95
    327       4.39       20.03       227       19.50  
   23.66 to 28.08
    327       8.46       27.58       74       28.08  
   32.40 to 35.35
    7       8.94       34.51       1       35.35  
 
                                       
 
                                       
$ 7.50 to $35.35
    1,729       5.06     $ 17.64       1,267     $ 15.34  
 
                                       
Note 12 — Significant Customers and Suppliers
Significant Customers
During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we had net sales to one significant customer and one customer that when combined with its subcontractors, amounted to more than 10% of our total net sales.
Net sales to the first significant customer, when combined with its sub-contractors, totaled $55.3 million, $46.0 million and $41.6 million, accounting for 19.3%, 16.9% and 17.7% of our total net sales for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Trade receivables with this customer and its sub-contractors

63


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
amounted to $11.7 million and $7.9 million, or 19.5% and 13.3% of our net trade receivables at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Net sales to our second significant customer totaled $38.6 million, $36.4 million, and $28.3 million, accounting for 13.4%, 13.3% and 12.0% of our total net sales for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Trade receivables with this customer amounted to $9.1 million and $2.3 million, or 15.3% and 3.8% of our net trade receivables at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The December 31, 2008 trade receivables balance for this customer increased compared to December 31, 2007 as the result of an increase in large orders shipped late in the fourth quarter 2008 as compared to fourth quarter 2007.
The loss of these customers or any other customer, either in the United States or abroad, due to their financial weakness or bankruptcy, or our inability to obtain orders or maintain our order volume with them, may have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Significant Suppliers
Most of the components used in our products are available from multiple sources. We have elected to purchase integrated circuits (“IC”), used principally in our wireless control products, from two main sources. Purchases from these suppliers amounted to more than 10% of total inventory purchases in 2008. Purchases from these suppliers amounted to $28.2 million and $18.6 million, representing 15.2% and 10.0%, respectively, of total inventory purchases for the year ended December 31, 2008. Accounts payable with these suppliers amounted to $3.6 million and $5.4 million, representing 8.1% and 12.0% of total accounts payable at December 31, 2008, respectively.
During 2007, purchases from one of these suppliers amounted to more than 10% of total inventory purchases. Purchases from this supplier amounted to $23.7 million, representing 14.9% of total inventory purchases for the year ended December 31, 2007. Accounts payable with this supplier amounted to $3.2 million, representing 9.7% of total accounts payable at December 31, 2007.
For the year ended December 2006, there was a different IC supplier who provided more than 10% of total inventory purchases. Purchases from that supplier amounted to $14.2 million or 10.5% of total inventory purchases in 2006.
During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, purchases from two of our component and finished good suppliers amounted to more than 10% of total inventory purchases.
Purchases from the first significant component and finished good supplier amounted to $50.6 million, $46.5 million and $40.7 million, representing 27.3%, 29.2% and 30.0% of total inventory purchases for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Accounts payable amounted to $11.0 million and $10.8 million, representing 24.7% and 32.6% of total accounts payable at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Purchases from the second significant component and finished good supplier amounted to $38.1 million, $30.4 million and $13.8 million, representing 20.6%, 19.1% and 10.2% of total inventory purchases for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Accounts payable amounted to $15.6 million and $6.3 million, representing 35.0% and 19.1% of total accounts payable at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
For the year ended December 2006, an additional component and finished good supplier provided more than 10% of total inventory purchases. Purchases from this supplier amounted to $13.9 million or 10.2% of total inventory purchases in 2006.
We have identified alternative sources of supply for these integrated circuits, components, and finished goods; however, there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to obtain these inventory purchases on a timely basis. We generally maintain inventories of our integrated circuits, which may be used in part to mitigate, but not eliminate, delays resulting from supply interruptions. An extended interruption, shortage or termination in the supply of any of the components used in our products, or a reduction in their quality or reliability, or a significant increase in the prices of components, would have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and cash flows.

64


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2008 we had contractual obligations to purchase $20.8 million of inventory from various suppliers over the subsequent five year period.
Note 13 — Leases
We lease office and warehouse space and certain office equipment under operating leases that expire at various dates through September 2013. Some of our leases are subject to rent escalations. For these leases, we recognize rent expense for the total contractual obligation utilizing the straight-line method over the lease term, ranging from 36 to 73 months. The related liability is recorded in other accrued expenses (see Note 8). The liability related to rent escalations was $0.1 million at both December 31, 2008 and 2007.
The lease agreement for our corporate headquarters contains an allowance for tenant improvements of $0.4 million, which was paid to us upon completion of the renovation in 2008. This tenant improvement allowance is being amortized as a credit against rent expense, over the 73 month term of the lease, beginning January 1, 2006.
The lease agreement for our customer call center contains an allowance for tenant improvements of $0.2 million, which was paid to us upon completion of the renovation in 2007. This tenant improvement allowance is being amortized as a credit against rent expense, over the 48 month term of the lease, beginning June 1, 2007.
Rent expense for our operating leases was $2.6 million, $2.2 million and $1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
The following table summarizes future minimum non-cancelable operating lease payments with initial terms greater than one year at December 31, 2008:
         
(in thousands)   Amount  
Year ending December 31:
       
2009
  $ 1,762  
2010
    1,461  
2011
    1,199  
2012
    541  
2013
    290  
Thereafter
     
 
     
Total operating lease commitments
  $ 5,253  
 
     
Note 14 — Employee Benefit Plans
We maintain a retirement and profit sharing plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code for all of our domestic employees that meet certain qualifications. Participants in the plan may elect to contribute up to the maximum allowed by law. We match 50% of the participants’ contributions up to 15% of their gross salary in the form of newly issued shares of our common stock. We may also make other discretionary contributions to the plan. We recorded $0.7 million, $0.6 million, and $0.6 million of expense for company contributions for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Note 15 — Other Income (Expense), net
Other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Income Statements consisted of the following:
                         
(in thousands)   2008     2007     2006  
Net gain (loss) on foreign currency exchange transactions
  $ 315     $ (35 )   $ (508 )
Other (expense) income
    (4 )     42       10  
 
                 
Other income (expense), net
  $ 311     $ 7     $ (498 )
 
                 

65


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 16 — Income Taxes
In 2008, 2007 and 2006, pre-tax income was attributed to the following jurisdictions:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)   2008     2007     2006  
Domestic operations
  $ 16,650     $ 18,332     $ 7,932  
Foreign operations
    7,439       11,230       11,488  
 
                 
Total
  $ 24,089     $ 29,562     $ 19,420  
 
                 
The provision for income taxes charged to operations was as follows:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)   2008     2007     2006  
Current tax expense:
                       
U.S. federal
  $ 5,407     $ 5,537     $ 2,934  
State and local
    1,230       490       687  
Foreign
    2,205       3,130       2,997  
 
                 
Total current
    8,842       9,157       6,618  
 
                 
Deferred tax expense/(benefit):
                       
U.S. federal
    206       (60 )     (297 )
State and local
    (627 )     84       (578 )
Foreign
    (138 )     151       157  
 
                 
Total deferred
    (559 )     175       (718 )
 
                 
Total provision
  $ 8,283     $ 9,332     $ 5,900  
 
                 
Net deferred tax assets were comprised of the following at December 31, 2008 and 2007:
                 
(in thousands)   2008     2007  
Deferred tax assets:
               
Inventory reserves
  $ 258     $ 308  
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    117       23  
Capitalized research costs
    19       184  
Capitalized inventory costs
    757       540  
Net operating losses
    2,473       2,974  
Amortization of intangibles
    686       755  
Accrued liabilities
    764       796  
Income tax credits
    1,476       1,157  
Depreciation
    786       700  
Stock based compensation
    2,270       1,327  
Long term incentive compensation
    201       402  
Other
    530       466  
 
           
Total deferred tax assets
    10,337       9,632  
 
           
Deferred tax liability:
               
Intangible assets
    (292 )     (509 )
Other
    (675 )     (238 )
 
           
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (967 )     (747 )
 
           
Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance
    9,370       8,885  
Less: Valuation allowance
    (189 )     (264 )
 
           
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 9,181     $ 8,621  
 
           
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, $0.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively, of current deferred tax liabilities were recorded in other accrued expenses (see Note 8).
The deferred tax valuation allowance decreased to $0.2 million as of December 31, 2008 compared to $0.3 million as of December 31, 2007. The decrease was primarily due to certain statute of limitations expiring relating to foreign net operating losses.

66


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to pre-tax income from operations as a result of the following:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)   2008     2007     2006  
Tax provision at statutory U.S. rate
  $ 8,431     $ 10,347     $ 6,603  
Increase (decrease) in tax provision resulting from:
                       
State and local taxes, net
    392       373       110  
Foreign tax rate differential
    (154 )     (649 )     (391 )
Nondeductible items
    251       302       207  
Federal research and development credits
    (424 )     (918 )     (872 )
Change in tax rate related to deferred taxes
          (147 )      
Other
    (213 )     24       243  
 
                 
Tax provision
  $ 8,283     $ 9,332     $ 5,900  
 
                 
At December 31, 2008, we had state Research and Experimentation (“R&E”) income tax credit carryforwards of approximately $2.2 million. The state R&E income tax credits do not have an expiration date.
At December 31, 2008, we had federal, state and foreign net operating losses of approximately $5.9 million, $5.0 million and $0.5 million, respectively. All of the federal and state net operating loss carryforwards were acquired as part of the acquisition of SimpleDevices. The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2020 and 2012, respectively. Approximately $0.3 million of the foreign net operating losses will begin to expire in 2020 and the remaining $0.2 million have an unlimited carryforward.
Internal Revenue Code Section 382 places certain limitations on the annual amount of net operating loss carryforwards that may be utilized if certain changes to a company’s ownership occur. Our acquisition of SimpleDevices was a change in ownership pursuant to Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, and the federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of SimpleDevices are limited but considered realizable in future periods. The annual federal limitation is as follows: approximately $1.2 million for 2009 and approximately $0.6 million thereafter. California has suspended utilization of net operating losses for 2008 and 2009.
As of December 31, 2008, we believed it was more likely than not that certain deferred tax assets related to the impairment of the investment in a private company (a capital asset) would not be realized due to uncertainties as to the timing and amounts of future capital gains. Accordingly, a valuation allowance of approximately $0.1 million was recorded as of December 31, 2008. Additionally, we recorded $0.1 million of various state and foreign valuation allowances at December 31, 2008.
During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 we recognized a credit to paid-in capital and a reduction to income taxes payable of $0.4 million, $3.3 million and $0.8 million, respectively, related to the tax benefit from the exercises of non-qualified stock options under our stock option plans and vesting of restricted stock.
The undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries are considered to be indefinitely reinvested. Accordingly, no provision for U.S. federal and state income taxes or foreign withholding taxes has been provided on such undistributed earnings. Determination of the potential amount of unrecognized deferred U.S. income tax liability and foreign withholding taxes is not practicable because of the complexities associated with its hypothetical calculation; however, unrecognized foreign tax credits would be available to reduce some portion of the U.S. liability.
We are currently under audit in the Netherlands by the Dutch tax authorities for fiscal years 2002 through 2004. We do not expect any material adjustments to our financial statements as a result of this audit. Currently, potential adjustments are within amounts recognized for uncertain tax positions.
Uncertain Tax Positions
On January 1, 2007, we adopted the provisions of FIN 48. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, we recognized a $0.2 million increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which was accounted for as a reduction to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings. We also recognized a decrease of $0.3 million in other

67


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
comprehensive income related to foreign currency translation. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, we had unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $8.7 million and $8.8 million, including interest and penalties, respectively.
A reconciliation of the total amounts of gross unrecognized tax benefits (excluding interest and penalties) at the beginning and end of the period is as follows:
                 
(in thousands)   2008     2007  
Beginning balance
  $ 7,817     $ 6,778  
Additions as a result of tax provisions taken during the current year
    404       485  
Foreign currency translation
    (410 )     609  
Lapse in statute of limitations
    (307 )     (54 )
Other
          (1 )
 
           
Ending balance
  $ 7,504     $ 7,817  
 
           
Approximately $8.0 million and $8.2 million of the total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, would affect the annual effective tax rate, if recognized. Further, we are unaware of any positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase within the next twelve months. We anticipate a decrease in gross unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $0.1 million within the next twelve months based on federal, state, and foreign statute expirations in various jurisdictions.
In accordance with FIN 48, we have elected to classify interest and penalties as components of tax expense. Interest and penalties were $1.2 million and $1.0 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Interest and penalties were $0.6 million at the date of adoption. Interest and penalties are included in the unrecognized tax benefits.
We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in various state and foreign jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2008, the open statutes of limitations for our significant tax jurisdictions are as follows: federal and state for 2004 through 2008 and non-U.S. for 2001 through 2008. Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2008 of $6.0 million are classified as short term as we expect to settle certain foreign audits during 2009. The remainder of the gross unrecognized tax benefits of $2.7 million are classified as long term as prescribed by FIN 48 because we do not anticipate payment of cash related to those unrecognized tax benefits within one year of the operating cycle.
Note 17 — Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of our common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares and dilutive potential common shares, which includes the dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock grants. Dilutive potential common shares for all periods presented are computed utilizing the treasury stock method. In the computation of diluted earnings per common share for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we have excluded 534,418, 153,705 and 854,265 stock options, respectively, with exercise prices greater than the average market price of the underlying common stock, because their inclusion would have been antidilutive.
Earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was calculated as follows:
                         
(in thousands, except per-share amounts)   2008     2007     2006  
BASIC
                       
Net income
  $ 15,806     $ 20,230     $ 13,520  
 
                 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding
    14,015       14,410       13,818  
Basic earnings per share
  $ 1.13     $ 1.40     $ 0.98  
 
                 

68


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                         
(in thousands, except per-share amounts)   2008     2007     2006  
DILUTED
                       
Net income
  $ 15,806     $ 20,230     $ 13,520  
 
                 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding for basic
    14,015       14,410       13,818  
Dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock
    441       767       614  
 
                 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding on a diluted basis
    14,456       15,177       14,432  
 
                 
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 1.09     $ 1.33     $ 0.94  
 
                 
Note 18 — Business Segment
Reportable Segment
SFAS 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,” defines an operating segment, in part, as a component of an enterprise whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance. Operating segments may be aggregated only to the limited extent permitted by the standard.
As a result of the performance-based incentive and other factors, management reviewed SimpleDevices’ discrete operating results through the second quarter of 2006, and as a result, defined SimpleDevices as a reportable segment. Since acquiring SimpleDevices, we have integrated SimpleDevices’ technologies with and into our own technology. The sales, engineering and administrative functions at SimpleDevices have been integrated into those that existed prior to the acquisition. As a result of the integration, the performance-based payment expiring and that our chief operating decision maker is no longer reviewing SimpleDevices’ financial statements on a stand alone basis, commencing in the third quarter of 2006, we merged SimpleDevices into our Core Business segment, resulting in us operating in a single reportable segment.
Note 19 — Foreign Operations
Geographic Information
Our net sales to external customers by geographic area for years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were the following:
                         
(in thousands)   2008     2007     2006  
Net sales:
                       
United States
  $ 162,855     $ 151,034     $ 126,522  
International:
                       
Asia
    48,511       31,624       30,285  
Australia
    4,190       2,772       3,028  
France
    5,359       4,940       4,846  
Germany
    7,771       6,228       7,014  
South Africa
    5,827       7,192       8,140  
Spain
    7,523       8,483       7,513  
Switzerland
    1,099       6,473       851  
United Kingdom
    21,234       31,290       29,025  
All Other
    22,731       22,644       18,622  
 
                 
Total international
    124,245       121,646       109,324  
 
                 
Total net sales
  $ 287,100     $ 272,680     $ 235,846  
 
                 
Specific identification of the customer location was the basis used for attributing revenues from external customers to individual countries.

69


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Long-lived asset information by our domestic and international components as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were as follows:
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
Long-lived tangible assets:
                       
United States
  $ 6,292     $ 5,238     $ 3,921  
All other countries
    2,770       2,689       2,199  
 
                 
Total
  $ 9,062     $ 7,927     $ 6,120  
 
                 
In accordance with SFAS 144 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” Long-lived assets held and used with a carrying amount of $185 thousand were disposed of, resulting in an impairment charge of $185 thousand, which was included in selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2008.
Note 20 — Related Party Transactions
In April 1999, we provided a non-recourse interest bearing secured loan to our chief executive officer. The loan was in the amount of $200,000 and bore interest at the rate of 5.28% per annum, with interest payable annually to us on each December 15. The loan was collateralized by the primary residence purchased and the principal was payable on the earlier of (i) December 15, 2007, (ii) within twelve months following a demand from us but only in the event the chief executive officer ceases being our employee or in the event of a default under the loan; or (iii) on the closing of a sale or transfer of the property. This note, including accrued interest, was paid in full on December 14, 2007.
Note 21 — Contingencies
Indemnities
We indemnify our directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted under the laws of the State of Delaware and we have entered into Indemnification Agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. In addition, we insure our individual directors and officers against certain claims and attorney’s fees and related expenses incurred in connection with the defense of such claims. The amounts and types of coverage may vary from period to period as dictated by market conditions. Management is not aware of any matters that require indemnification of its officers or directors.
Product Warranties
We warrant our products against defects in materials and workmanship arising during normal use. We service warranty claims directly through our customer service department or contracted third-party warranty repair facilities. Our warranty period ranges up to three years. We provide for estimated product warranty expenses, which are included in cost of sales, as we sell the related products. Warranty expense is a forecast primarily based on historical claims experience. Actual claim costs may differ from the amounts provided.

70


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Changes in the liability for product warranty claim costs are presented below:
(in thousands)
                                 
            Accruals for   Settlements    
    Balance at   Warranties   (in Cash or in   Balance at
    Beginning of   Issued During   Kind) During   End of
Description   Period   the Period   the Period   Period
Year Ended December 31, 2008
  $ 178     $ (31 )(1)   $ (57 )   $ 90  
Year Ended December 31, 2007
  $ 416     $ (146 )(1)   $ (92 )   $ 178  
Year Ended December 31, 2006
  $ 414     $ 202     $ (200 )   $ 416  
 
(1)   In the second quarter 2007, we renegotiated pricing terms with our third-party warranty repair vendor which resulted in lower warranty costs per unit. As a result, our warranty accrual was reduced to reflect the lower pricing. An unexpected increase in our pricing for warranty claims, or the discovery of a significant product defect, would result in an increase in our warranty accrual and our financial statements may be materially impacted.
Litigation
In 2002, one of our subsidiaries (One For All S.A.S.) brought an action against a former distributor of the subsidiary’s products seeking a recovery of accounts receivable. The distributor filed a counterclaim against our subsidiary seeking payment for amounts allegedly owed for administrative and other services rendered by the distributor for our subsidiary. In January 2005, the parties agreed to include in that action all claims between the distributor and two of our other subsidiaries, Universal Electronics BV and One For All Iberia SL. As a result, the single action covers all claims and counterclaims between the various parties. The parties further agreed that, before any judgment is paid, all disputes between the various parties would be concluded. These additional claims involve nonpayment for products and damages resulting from the alleged wrongful termination of agency agreements. On March 15, 2005, the court in one of the litigation matters brought by the distributor against one of our subsidiaries, rendered judgment against our subsidiary and awarded damages and costs to the distributor in the amount of approximately $102,000. The amount of this judgment was charged to operations during the second quarter of 2005 and has been paid. With respect to the remaining matters before the court, we are awaiting the expert to finalize and file his pre-trial report with the court and when completed, we will respond. Management is unable to estimate the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome, and the amount of loss, if any, in the case of an unfavorable outcome.
On February 7, 2008, we filed suit against Gibson Audio, a Division of Gibson Guitar Corp., Gibson Guitar Corp., and Gibson Musical Instruments, Inc. seeking payment of the remaining balance of a minimum royalty fee due us under a software agreement. On March 10, 2008, the Gibson companies answered our complaint with a general denial of all of our allegations. Also, the Gibson companies counterclaimed that we breached various aspects of the software agreement and that they are seeking unspecified damages. On January 6, 2009, we filed a motion for partial summary judgment which remains pending. We disagree vigorously with their denials of liability and with their counterclaims and will continue to pursue this matter. We are in the early stages of discovery and are unable to estimate the likely outcome of this matter and the amount of recovery of the balance due us or damages awarded Gibson, if any, at this time.
On February 19, 2009, we filed suit against Warren Communications News, Inc. claiming that through the unauthorized use of embedded email tracking and intercepting software and code, Warren has violated the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act, the Stored Communications Act, and various applicable California laws. In addition we are asking for a declaration that we are not infringing Warren’s copyright to a daily electronic publication. Warren has not yet answered our complaint and as such we are unable to estimate the likely outcome of this matter and the amount, if any, of recovery to be awarded to either party at this time.
There are no other material pending legal proceedings, other than litigation that is incidental to the ordinary course of our business, to which we or any of our subsidiaries is a party or of which our respective property is the subject. We do not believe that any of the claims made against us in any of the pending matters have merit and we intend to vigorously defend ourselves against them.

71


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
We maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance to insure our individual directors and officers against certain claims and attorney’s fees and related expenses incurred in connection with the defense of such claims.
Long-Term Incentive Plan
During the second quarter of 2007, we adopted an Executive Long-Term Incentive Plan (“ELTIP”). The ELTIP provided a bonus pool for our executive management team contingent on achieving certain performance goals during a two-year performance period commencing on January 1, 2007 and ending on December 31, 2008. The performance goals were based on the compound annual growth rate of net sales and earnings per diluted share during the performance period. The ELTIP had a maximum pay out of $12 million if the highest performance goals were met. Management did not earn a bonus under the ELTIP based on our results through December 31, 2008. As a result, we lowered our ELTIP accrual from $1.0 million at December 31, 2007 to $0 at December 31, 2008. This adjustment resulted in a $1.0 million benefit to pre-tax income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008.
In light of the ELTIP results, our Compensation Committee decided to award a discretionary bonus of $1.0 million, to be paid out quarterly over the next two years (2009 and 2010). The Compensation Committee came to this decision after reviewing the economic environment and our relative financial and operating performance. The Compensation Committee believes this bonus is in alignment with our stockholders’ interests as well as our performance, alignment and retention objectives. As a result, on December 31, 2008 we accrued $0.5 million for this discretionary bonus which is included in accrued compensation. The amount of a participant’s earned award will be paid in cash, in common shares or in any combination, as determined by the Compensation Committee. A participant’s earned award will vest in eight equal quarterly installments beginning March 31, 2009 and ending December 31, 2010. In the event a participant terminates their employment during the service period (January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2010), they will forfeit their right to any remaining installments where the payment date has not yet occurred.
Note 22 — Derivatives
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements for assets and liabilities. SFAS 157 applies when other accounting pronouncements require or permit assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value. Accordingly, SFAS 157 does not require new fair value measurements. Effective January 1, 2008, we implemented the requirements of SFAS 157.
SFAS 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). SFAS 157 classifies the inputs used to measure fair value into the following hierarchy:
         
 
  Level 1   Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
 
       
 
  Level 2   Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, or
 
       
 
      Unadjusted quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or
 
       
 
      Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability
 
       
 
  Level 3   Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability
We utilize the best available information in measuring fair value. Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

72


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Financial Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
We are exposed to market risks from foreign currency exchange rates, which may adversely affect our operating results and financial position. Our foreign currency exposures are primarily concentrated in the Euro, British Pound, and Hong Kong dollar. We periodically enter into foreign currency exchange contracts with terms normally lasting less than nine months to protect against the adverse effects that exchange-rate fluctuations may have on our foreign currency-denominated receivables, payables, cash flows and reported income. Derivative financial instruments are used to manage risk and are not used for trading or other speculative purposes. We do not use leveraged derivative financial instruments and these derivatives have not qualified for hedge accounting.
The gains and losses on both the derivatives and the foreign currency-denominated balances are recorded as foreign exchange transaction gains or losses and are classified in other (expense) income, net. Derivatives are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. The estimated fair values of our derivative financial instruments represent the amount required to enter into offsetting contracts with similar remaining maturities based on quoted market prices.
We have determined that the fair value of our financial assets and liabilities are derived from level 2 inputs in the fair value hierarchy. The following table sets forth our financial assets that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2008:
(in thousands)
                                 
            Fair Value Measurement Using  
            Quoted Prices in     Significant        
            Active Markets     Other     Significant  
    Year     for Identical     Observable     Unobservable  
    Ended     Assets     Inputs     Inputs  
Description   12/31/08     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
Foreign currency exchange futures contract
  $ 833     $     $ 833     $  
Foreign currency exchange put option contract
    606             606        
 
                       
 
  $ 1,439     $     $ 1,439     $  
 
                       
We held foreign currency exchange contracts which resulted in a net pre-tax loss of approximately $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, a net pre-tax gain of approximately $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 and a net pre-tax loss of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
Futures Contracts
We held one US dollar/Euro futures contract with a notional value of $9.0 million and a forward rate of $1.277 USD/Euro at December 31, 2008. We held the Euro position on this contract, which settled on January 7, 2009. The gain on this contract as of December 31, 2008 was $0.8 million and is included in prepaid expenses and other current assets. This contract was settled at $0.4 million resulting in a loss of $0.4 million in January 2009.
At December 31, 2007, we had one foreign currency exchange contract outstanding, a futures contract with a notional value of $5.0 million, which settled on January 25, 2008. The fair value of this futures contract on December 31, 2007, was $0.01 million, which is included in prepaid expenses and other current assets.
Put Option
We entered into a USD/GBP put option with a notional value of $5.0 million in August 2008. The strike price of the put is $1.85 USD/GBP. The contract expired on December 31, 2008 and settled on January 5, 2009. The gain recorded related to this contract was $0.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2008. The fair value of this put option was approximately $0.6 million at December 31, 2008. This put option is included in prepaid expenses and other current assets.

73


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 23 — Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
Summarized quarterly financial data for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 are presented below:
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
                                 
    2008  
    March     June     September     December  
    31,     30,     30,     31,  
Net sales
  $ 61,191     $ 70,684     $ 76,532     $ 78,693  
Gross profit
    21,735       24,212       24,928       25,315  
Operating income
    2,683       4,357       5,910       7,811  
Net income
    2,473       3,495       4,005       5,833  
Earnings per share (1):
                               
Basic
  $ 0.17     $ 0.25     $ 0.29     $ 0.43  
 
                       
Diluted
  $ 0.17     $ 0.24     $ 0.28     $ 0.42  
 
                       
Shares used in computing earnings per share:
                               
Basic
    14,474       14,033       13,919       13,638  
 
                       
Diluted
    14,957       14,547       14,420       13,903  
 
                       
                                 
    2007  
    March     June     September     December  
    31,     30,     30,     31,  
Net sales
  $ 66,019     $ 71,478     $ 68,961     $ 66,222  
Gross profit
    24,341       24,626       25,737       24,647  
Operating income
    6,186       5,972       6,274       8,019  
Net income
    4,637       4,546       4,915       6,132  
Earnings per share (1):
                               
Basic
  $ 0.33     $ 0.31     $ 0.34     $ 0.42  
 
                       
Diluted
  $ 0.31     $ 0.30     $ 0.32     $ 0.40  
 
                       
Shares used in computing earnings per share:
                               
Basic
    14,130       14,437       14,508       14,565  
 
                       
Diluted
    14,908       15,262       15,280       15,257  
 
                       
 
(1)   The earnings per common share calculations for each of the quarters were based upon the weighted average number of shares outstanding during each period, and the sum of the quarters may not be equal to the full year earnings per common share amounts.
Note 24 — Subsequent Event
On February 18, 2009, we acquired certain patents, intellectual property and other assets related to the universal remote control business from Zilog Inc. (NASDAQ: ZILG) for approximately $9.5 million in cash. The purchase included Zilog’s full library and database of infrared codes, and software tools. We also hired 115 of Zilog’s sales and engineering personnel, including all 103 of Zilog’s personnel located in India. In a related transaction, Maxim Integrated Products (NASDAQ: MXIM) acquired two of Zilog’s product lines, namely, the hardware portion of Zilog’s remote control business and Zilog’s secured transaction product line. We have cross–licensed the remote control technology and intellectual property with Maxim Integrated Products for purpose of conducting our respective businesses. The arrangement involves an agreement to source silicon chips from Maxim. For the first year we will be the exclusive sales agent of universal remote control chips for Maxim, selling the Zilog designs to Zilog’s current list of customers.
Currently, we are performing the purchase price allocation analysis, which requires the cost of an acquisition to be allocated to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. Although we believe the Zilog transaction will be mildly accretive in the first year and grow more significantly in the long term, most technology related acquisitions involve the purchase of significant intangible assets which typically result in

74


Table of Contents

UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
substantial amortization charges. There can be no assurance that the integration will be successful or that the customer bases, products or technologies will generate sufficient revenue to offset the associated costs or effects.
We expect the total acquisition related costs related to the Zilog transaction to range between $0.8 million and $1.0 million. These costs will be expensed during the first quarter of 2009 in selling, general and administrative expenses in accordance of SFAS 141R.

75


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008, 2007, AND 2006
                                 
            Additions            
    Balance at   Charged to           Balance at
    Beginning of   Costs and           End of
Description   Period   Expenses   Write-offs   Period
Valuation account for inventory:
                               
Year Ended December 31, 2008
  1,826     2,411     (2,702 )   1,535  
Year Ended December 31, 2007
  2,179     2,146     (2,499 )   1,826  
Year Ended December 31, 2006
  2,274     1,810     (1,905 )   2,179  
                                 
            Additions            
    Balance at   Charged to           Balance at
    Beginning of   Costs and   Reduction/   End of
Description   Period   Expenses   Write-offs   Period
Valuation account for income tax:
                               
Year Ended December 31, 2008
  264           (75 )   189  
Year Ended December 31, 2007
  620           (356 )   264  
Year Ended December 31, 2006
  620                 620  

76


Table of Contents

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(d) defines “disclosure controls and procedures” to mean controls and procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms. The definition further states that disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, our principal executive and principal financial officers have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective, as of the end of the period covered by this report, to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to our management to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Because of inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, we evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control Integrated Framework. Based on our evaluation under this framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2008.
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 has been audited by Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its attestation report which is included herein.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There have been no changes in internal controls or in other factors that may significantly affect our internal controls during the fourth quarter.

77


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Shareholders
Universal Electronics Inc.
We have audited Universal Electronics Inc.’s (a Delaware Corporation) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Universal Electronics Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on Universal Electronics Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Universal Electronics Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Universal Electronics Inc. as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, and our report dated March 3, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion.
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
Irvine, California
March 3, 2009

78


Table of Contents

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Information required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K with respect to our directors will be contained in and is hereby incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act. Information regarding executive officers of the Company is set forth in Part I of this Form 10-K.
Information required by Item 405 of Regulation S-K will be contained in and is hereby incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed subsequent to the date of filing this Form 10-K, under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.” Copies of Section 16 reports, Forms 3, 4 and 5, are available on our website, www.uei.com under the caption “SEC Filings” on the Investor page.
Code of Conduct. We have adopted a code of conduct that applies to all of our employees, including without limitation our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. A copy of the Code of Conduct is included as Exhibit 14.1 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 filed on March 14, 2004 (File No. 0-21044). The Code of Conduct is also available on our website, www.uei.com under the caption “Corporate Governance” on the Investor page. We will post on our website information regarding any amendment to, or waiver from, any provision of the Code of Conduct that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer.
Information required by Items 407(c)(3), (d)(4) and (d)(5) of Regulation S-K will be contained in and is hereby incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Information required by Items 402 and 407(e)(4) and (e)(5) of Regulation S-K will be contained in and is hereby incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Information required by Item 403 of Regulation S-K will be contained in and is hereby incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act.

79


Table of Contents

The following summarizes our equity compensation plans at December 31, 2008:
Equity Compensation Plan Information
                         
    (a)   (b)   (c)
                    Number of
                    securities
                    remaining available
    Number of           for future issuance
    Securities to be           under equity
    issued upon   Weighted-average   compensation plans
    exercise of   exercise price of   (excluding
    outstanding   outstanding   securities
    options, warrants   options, warrants   reflected in column
Plan Category   and rights   and rights   (a))
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
    1,045,159     $ 19.40       787,471  
 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
    771,197       15.87       6,788  
 
Total
    1,816,356     $ 17.90       794,259  
 
See “ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA- Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Note 11” for a description of each of our stock incentive plans.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
Information required by Items 404 and 407(a) of Regulation S-K will be contained in and is hereby incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
Information required by this item will be contained in and is hereby incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act.
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)(1) List of Financial Statements
See “ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA-Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” for a list of the consolidated financial statements included herein.
(a)(2) List of Financial Statement Schedules
See “ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA-Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” for a list of the consolidated financial statement schedules included herein.
(a)(3) List of Exhibits required to be filed by Item 601(a) of the Regulation S-K are included as Exhibits to this Report:
See EXHIBIT INDEX at page 82 of Form 10-K.

80


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirement of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Cypress, State of California on the 13th day of March, 2009.
         
  UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Paul D. Arling    
    Paul D. Arling   
    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer   
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Paul D. Arling and Bryan M. Hackworth as true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, with full powers of substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or may do in person, thereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on the 13th day of March, 2009, by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.
         
NAME & TITLE   SIGNATURE    
 
       
Paul D. Arling
       
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
  /s/ Paul D. Arling
 
   
(principal executive officer)
       
 
       
Bryan M. Hackworth
       
Chief Financial Officer
  /s/ Bryan M. Hackworth    
 
       
(principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)
       
 
       
Satjiv S. Chahil
       
Director
  /s/ Satjiv S. Chahil    
 
       
 
       
William C. Mulligan
       
Director
  /s/ William C. Mulligan    
 
       
 
       
J. C. Sparkman
       
Director
  /s/ J.C. Sparkman    
 
       
 
       
Gregory P. Stapleton
       
Director
  /s/ Gregory P. Stapleton    
 
       
 
       
Edward K. Zinser
       
Director
  /s/ Edward K. Zinser    
 
       

81


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
     
Exhibit    
Number   Document Description
 
2.1
  Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of February 17, 2009 by and among Zilog, Inc., Zilog India Electronics Pvt Ltd, Maxim Integrated Products, Inc., UEI Cayman Inc., Universal Electronics Inc., and UEI Electronics Private Limited filed herewith)
 
   
3.1
  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Universal Electronics Inc., as amended (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form S-1 Registration filed on or about December 24, 1992 (File No. 33-56358))
 
   
3.2
  Amended and Restated By-laws of Universal Electronics Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Form S-1 Registration filed on or about December 24, 1992 (File No. 33-56358))
 
   
3.3
  Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Universal Electronics Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 filed on April 1, 1996 (File No. 0-21044))
 
   
4.1
  Article Eighth of our Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, contains certain provisions restricting business combinations with interested stockholders under certain circumstances and imposing higher voting requirements for the approval of certain transactions unless the transaction has been approved by two-thirds of the disinterested directors or fair price provisions have been met. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 filed on April 1, 1996 (File No. 0-21044))
 
   
*10.1
  Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 1993 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Form S-1 Registration filed on or about January 21, 1993 (File No. 33-56358))
 
   
*10.2
  Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Materials for the 1995 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Universal Electronics Inc. filed on May 1, 1995 (File No. 0-21044))
 
   
*10.3
  Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain employees used in connection with options granted to the employees pursuant to the Universal Electronics Inc. 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996 filed on March 28, 1997 (File No. 0-21044))
 
   
*10.4
  Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain non-affiliated directors used in connection with options granted to the non-affiliated directors pursuant to the Universal Electronics Inc. 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996 filed on March 28, 1997 (File No. 0-21044))
 
   
*10.5
  Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Form S-8 Registration Statement filed on March 26, 1997 (File No. 333-23985))
 
   
*10.6
  Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain employers used in connection with options granted to the employees pursuant to the Universal Electronics Inc. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Form S-8 Registration Statement filed on March 26, 1997 (File No. 333-23985))
 
   
*10.7
  Form of Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain employees (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, filed on March 30, 1998 (File No. 0-21044))
 
   
*10.8
  Form of Amendment to Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain employees (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, filed on March 30, 1998 (File No. 0-21044))

82


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit    
Number   Document Description
 
*10.9
  Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Materials for the 1998 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Universal Electronics Inc. filed on April 20, 1998 (File No. 0-21044))
 
   
*10.10
  Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain employees used in connection with options granted to the employees pursuant to the Universal Electronics Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 filed on March 31, 1999 (File No. 0-21044))
 
   
*10.11
  Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Materials for the 1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Universal Electronics Inc. filed on April 29, 1999 (File No. 0-21044))
 
   
*10.12
  Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain employees used in connection with options granted to the employees pursuant to the Universal Electronics Inc. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Materials for the 1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Universal Electronics Inc. filed on April 29, 1999 (File No. 0-21044))
 
   
*10.13
  Form of Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain employees (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999 filed on March 30, 2000 (File No. 0-21044))
 
   
*10.14
  Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 1999A Nonqualified Stock Plan effective October 7, 1999 and subsequently amended February 1, 2000 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999 filed on March 30, 2000 (File No. 0-21044))
 
   
*10.15
  Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain employees used in connection with options granted to the employees pursuant to the Universal Electronics Inc. 1999A Nonqualified Stock Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999 filed on March 30, 2000 (File No. 0-21044))
 
   
*10.16
  Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.49 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002 filed on August 14, 2002 (File No. 0-21044))
 
   
*10.17
  Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain directors, officers and other employees used in connection with options granted to the employees pursuant to the Universal Electronics Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002 filed on August 14, 2002 (File No. 0-21044))
 
   
*10.18
  Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 2003 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Appendix B to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Materials for the 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Universal Electronics Inc. filed on April 28, 2003 (File No. 0-21044))
 
   
10.19
  Credit Agreement dated September 15, 2003 between Comerica Bank and Universal Electronics Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003 filed on November 14, 2003 (File No. 0-21044))
 
   
10.20
  Promissory Agreement dated September 15, 2003 between Comerica Bank and Universal Electronics Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003 filed on November 14, 2003 (File No. 0-21044))
 
   
*10.21
  Form of Executive Officer Employment Agreement dated April 23, 2003 by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and Paul D. Arling (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 filed on March 14, 2004 (File No. 0-21044))

83


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit    
Number   Document Description
 
*10.22
  Form of Executive Officer Employment Agreement dated April 2003 by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and Robert P. Lilleness (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 filed on March 14, 2004 (File No. 0-21044))
 
   
*10.23
  Form of First Amendment to Executive Officer Employment Agreement dated October 21, 2005 by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and Paul D. Arling (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 filed on March 16, 2006 (File No. 0-21044))
 
   
10.24
  Third Amendment to Lease dated December 1, 2006 between Warland Investments Company and Universal Electronics Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 filed on March 16, 2006 (File No. 0-21044))
 
   
*10.25
  Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix C to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Materials for the 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Universal Electronics Inc. filed on April 26, 2006 (File No. 0-21044)
 
   
*10.26
  Employment and Separation Agreement and General Release dated August 17, 2006 between Robert P. Lilleness and Universal Electronics Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 22, 2006 (File No. 0-21044))
 
   
10.27
  Form of Lease dated January 31, 2007 between FirstCal Industrial 2 Acquisition, LLC and Universal Electronics Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 filed on March 16, 2007 (File No. 02-21044))
 
   
10.28
  Amendment Number One to Credit Agreement dated August 29, 2006 between Comerica Bank and Universal Electronics Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 filed on March 16, 2007 (File No. 02-21044))
 
   
*10.29
  Form of Indemnification Agreements, dated as of January 2, 2007 between the Company and each director and certain officers of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 filed on March 16, 2007 (File No. 02-21044))
 
   
*10.30
  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Form S-8 Registration Statement filed on March 27, 2008 (File No. 333-149926))
 
   
14.1
  Code of Conduct (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 filed on March 14, 2004 (File No. 0-21044))
 
   
21.1
  List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant (filed herewith)
 
   
23.1
  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Grant Thornton LLP (filed herewith)
 
   
24.1
  Power of Attorney (filed as part of the signature page hereto)
 
   
31.1
  Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications of the Chief Executive Officer (filed herewith)
 
   
31.2
  Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications of the Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer and principal accounting officer) (filed herewith)
 
   
32.1
  Section 1350 Certifications of the Chief Executive Officer (filed herewith)
 
   
32.2
  Section 1350 Certifications of the Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer and principal accounting officer) (filed herewith)
 
*   Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement identified pursuant to Items 15(a)(3) and 15(c) of Form 10-K.

84

exv2w1
Exhibit 2.1
Execution Version
ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
dated as of
FEBRUARY 17, 2009
by and among
ZILOG, INC.,
ZILOG INDIA ELECTRONICS PVT LTD,
MAXIM INTEGRATED PRODUCTS, INC.,
UEI CAYMAN INC.,
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
and
UEI ELECTRONICS PRIVATE LIMITED

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
ARTICLE I
 
       
DEFINITIONS
 
       
Section 1.1 Definitions
    1  
Section 1.2 Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions
    13  
 
       
ARTICLE II
 
       
CLOSING AND PURCHASE PRICE
 
       
Section 2.1 Sale and Transfer of the Assets
    13  
Section 2.2 Assets Not Transferred
    16  
Section 2.3 Assumed and Excluded Liabilities
    18  
Section 2.4 Closing
    19  
Section 2.5 Consideration
    19  
Section 2.6 Cash Consideration Adjustments
    20  
Section 2.7 Seller’s Deliveries at the Closing
    22  
Section 2.8 Purchasers’ Deliveries at the Closing
    23  
Section 2.9 Tax Apportionment
    23  
Section 2.10 Transfer Taxes
    24  
Section 2.11 Allocation of Purchase Price
    24  
Section 2.12 Escrow
    25  
Section 2.13 Non-Assignable Assets
    25  
Section 2.14 Seller Defense of Claims
    26  
Section 2.15 Purchaser Post Closing Liabilities
    26  
 
       
ARTICLE III
 
       
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER
 
       
Section 3.1 Corporate Existence and Power
    27  
Section 3.2 Corporate Authorization
    28  
Section 3.3 Governmental Authorization
    28  
Section 3.4 Non-contravention
    28  
Section 3.5 SEC Filings and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
    29  
Section 3.6 Financial Statements; Internal Controls
    29  
Section 3.7 Absence of Certain Changes
    31  
Section 3.8 No Undisclosed Material Liabilities
    32  
Section 3.9 Litigation
    32  
Section 3.10 Compliance with Applicable Law and Orders
    33  
Section 3.11 Material Contracts
    33  
Section 3.12 Taxes
    35  
 i
 

 


 

         
    Page  
Section 3.13 Employee Benefit Plans
    36  
Section 3.14 Labor and Employment Matters
    37  
Section 3.15 Intellectual Property Rights and Technology
    37  
Section 3.16 Related Party Transactions
    42  
Section 3.17 Finders’ Fees
    43  
Section 3.18 Opinion of Financial Advisor
    43  
Section 3.19 Assets Other than Real Property Interests; Sufficiency
    43  
Section 3.20 Inventories Transferred
    43  
Section 3.21 Product Warranty
    44  
Section 3.22 Customers and Suppliers
    44  
Section 3.23 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act Compliance
    44  
Section 3.24 Import and Export Control Laws
    44  
Section 3.25 Insurance Policies
    45  
Section 3.26 Real Property Interests
    46  
Section 3.27 Retained Business
    47  
 
       
ARTICLE IV
 
       
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASERS
 
       
Section 4.1 Corporate Existence and Power
    47  
Section 4.2 Corporate Authorization
    47  
Section 4.3 Governmental Authorization
    48  
Section 4.4 Non-contravention
    48  
Section 4.5 Litigation
    48  
 
       
ARTICLE V
 
       
COVENANTS OF SELLER AND PURCHASERS
 
       
Section 5.1 Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation; Confidentiality
    48  
Section 5.2 Specific Performance for Necessary Assets
    50  
Section 5.3 Excluded Returns and Warranties
    50  
Section 5.4 Seller Possession of Transferred Assets
    51  
 
       
ARTICLE VI
 
       
EMPLOYEE COVENANTS
 
       
Section 6.1 Employee Matters
    51  
 
       
ARTICLE VII
 
       
COVENANTS OF PURCHASERs AND SELLER
 
       
Section 7.1 Further Assurances
    53  
Section 7.2 Public Announcements
    53  
Section 7.3 Accounts Receivable
    54  
 ii
 

 


 

         
    Page  
ARTICLE VIII
 
       
INDEMNIFICATION
 
       
Section 8.1 Indemnification by Seller
    54  
Section 8.2 Procedure for Third Party Claims
    55  
Section 8.3 Claims Period; Limitation on Indemnification
    56  
Section 8.4 Additional Limitations on Indemnification
    57  
Section 8.5 Exceptions to Exclusive Remedy
    57  
Section 8.6 Duty to Mitigate Damages
    57  
Section 8.7 Tax Effect of Indemnification Payments
    57  
Section 8.8 Exclusive Remedy
    58  
 
       
ARTICLE IX
 
       
MISCELLANEOUS
 
       
Section 9.1 Notices
    58  
Section 9.2 Amendments and Waivers
    59  
Section 9.3 Expenses
    59  
Section 9.4 Disclosure Schedule References
    59  
Section 9.5 Purchaser Liability
    59  
Section 9.6 Binding Effect; Benefit; Assignment
    60  
Section 9.7 Governing Law
    60  
Section 9.8 Jurisdiction
    60  
Section 9.9 Waiver of Jury Trial
    60  
Section 9.10 Counterparts; Effectiveness
    60  
Section 9.11 Entire Agreement
    61  
Section 9.12 Severability
    61  
Section 9.13 Specific Performance
    61  
 
       
 iii
 

 


 

     
Exhibit A
  Escrow Agreement
Exhibit B
  Purchaser 1 License Agreement
Exhibit C
  Purchaser 2 License Agreement
Exhibit D
  Transition Services Agreement
Exhibit E
  Mutual Release
Exhibit F
  Key Employee Offer Letters
Exhibit G
  Skadden Opinion
 
   
Schedules
   
 
   
Schedule 1.1(a)
  Seller Officers
Schedule 1.1(b)
  Seller Products
Schedule 1.1(c)
  Specified Parties
Schedule 2.1(a)(ii)
  P1 Assigned Contracts
Schedule 2.1(a)(iii)
  P1 Sale Business Intellectual Property and Sale Business Technology
Schedule 2.1(a)(iv)
  Transferred Licenses
Schedule 2.1(a)(x)
  Additional P1 Transferred Assets
Schedule 2.1(b)
  P2 Sale Business Intellectual Property and Sale Business Technology
Schedule 2.1(b)(ii)
  P2 Assigned Contracts
Schedule 2.1(b)(vii
  Indian Subsidiary Assets
Schedule 2.1(b)(viii)
  Additional P2 Transferred Assets
Schedule 2.2(l)
  Seller Excluded Assets
Schedule 2.6(c)
  Preliminary Report
Schedule 2.7(g)
  Key Employees
Schedule 2.7(k)
  Third Party Consents
Schedule 5.1(b)
  Restricted Employees
Schedule 6.1(a)(i)
  P1 Employee Offers
Schedule 6.1(a)(ii)
  P2 Employee Offers
 
   
Seller Disclosure Schedules
 
   
Schedule 3.3
  Governmental Filings and Notices
Schedule 3.4
  Non-Contravention
Schedule 3.7
  Absence of Certain Changes
Schedule 3.8
  Undisclosed Liabilities
Schedule 3.9
  Litigation
Schedule 3.10(a)
  Compliance with Applicable Law
Schedule 3.10(b)
  Governmental Authorizations (Permits)
Schedule 3.11
  Material Contracts
Schedule 3.13(a)
  Employee Benefit Plans
Schedule 3.13(d)
  Payments and Taxes Under Employee Benefit Plans
Schedule 3.14
  Labor and Employment Matters
Schedule 3.15(a)
  Registered IP and Unregistered Marks
Schedule 3.15(b)
  Sufficiency of Intellectual Property
 
   
 iv
 

 


 

     
Schedule 3.15(d)
  Claims of Infringement
Schedule 3.15(h)
  Software
Schedule 3.15(i)
  Source Code
Schedule 3.15(j)
  Open Source
Schedule 3.15(l)
  Registered IP Payments
Schedule 3.15(m)
  Intellectual Property Indemnification
Schedule 3.15(o)
  Encumbrance on Intellectual Property
Schedule 3.15(p)
  Agreement’s Right/Protection Grants, Restrictions re Sale Business
Schedule 3.16
  Related Party Transactions
Schedule 3.19(a)
  Personal Property Leases
Schedule 3.19(c)
  Sufficiency Rep Exclusions
Schedule 3.21
  Product Warranty
Schedule 3.22(a)
  Customers and Suppliers
Schedule 3.22(b)
  Customer and Supplier Changes
Schedule 3.24
  Import and Export Controls
Schedule 3.25
  Insurance Policies
Schedule 3.26
  Real Property Interests
 v 

 


 

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
     This ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of February 17, 2009, by and among Maxim Integrated Products, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Purchaser 1”), Universal Electronics Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Purchaser 2 Parent”), UEI Cayman Inc., a company organized under the Laws of the Cayman Islands (“Cayman Islands Entity”), UEI Electronics Private Limited, a company organized under the Laws of the India (“India Entity” and together with the Cayman Islands Entity, “Purchaser 2” and together with Purchaser 1 and Cayman Islands Entity, “Purchasers” and each of Purchaser 1, the Cayman Islands Entity and the India Entity, a “Purchaser”), ZiLOG, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Seller”) and ZiLOG India Electronics Pvt Ltd a company organized under the laws of India (the “Indian Subsidiary”).
     WHEREAS, Seller and its Subsidiaries are engaged in the Sale Business;
     WHEREAS, Seller and its Subsidiaries desire to sell, transfer and assign to Purchasers or their designated Affiliate or Affiliates, and Purchasers desire, together, (or to cause their designated Affiliate or Affiliates) to acquire from Seller and its Subsidiaries, all of the Transferred Assets and assume from Seller and its Subsidiaries the Assumed Liabilities (in each case as applicable), all as more specifically provided herein; and
     WHEREAS, certain terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 1.1.
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual representations, warranties, covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
     Section 1.1 Definitions.
          (a) As used herein, the following terms have the following meanings:
     “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Person (including without limitation, with respect to Seller, the Indian Subsidiary). As used in this definition, the term “control” (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of

 


 

the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
     “Atlas Product Line” means Seller’s Zatara® products with all of the security features disabled.
     “Applicable Law” means, with respect to any Person, any international, national, foreign, federal, state or local law (statutory, common or otherwise), constitution, treaty, convention, ordinance, statute, code, Order, rule or regulation enacted, adopted, promulgated or applied by a Governmental Authority that is binding upon such Person.
     “ARM License” means Foundry Design License Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2003, by and between ARM Limited and Seller, including all annexes thereto.
     “Assigned Contracts” means the P1 Assigned Contracts and the P2 Assigned Contracts.
     “Assumed Liabilities” means the P1 Assumed Liabilities and P2 Assumed Liabilities.
     “Assumed Returns” means the return of unsold product from a distributor on or after the six (6) month anniversary of the Closing Date of inventory shipped or delivered on or before the Closing Date, provided that such return is not related to any warranty claim.
     “Balance Sheet Date” means September 27, 2008.
     “Bill of Sale” means the bill of sale in a form reasonably satisfactory to Seller and the applicable Purchaser pursuant to which title to the applicable Transferred Assets will be conveyed by Seller and its Subsidiaries to such Purchaser.
     “Business Day” means a day, other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by Applicable Law to close.
     “Business Employees” means all employees or officers of Seller and its Affiliates who are employed in and/or primarily provide services to the Sale Business, including without limitation all Indian Subsidiary Employees.

2


 

     “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     “Contract” means any contract, agreement, note, bond, indenture, mortgage, loan guarantee, option, lease, license, sales or purchase order, warranty, commitment or other instrument, obligation or binding arrangement or understanding of any kind, whether written or oral.
     “Delaware Law” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
     “Documents” means all files, documents, instruments, papers, books, reports, records, tapes, microfilms, photographs, letters, budgets, forecasts, ledgers, journals, title policies, lists of past, present and/or prospective customers, supplier lists, regulatory filings, operating data and plans, technical documentation (design specifications, functional requirements, operating instructions, logic manuals, flow charts, etc), user documentation (installation guides, user manuals, training materials, release notes, working papers, etc.), marketing documentation (sales brochures, flyers, pamphlets, web pages, etc.), and other similar materials related to the Sale Business and the Transferred Assets, in each case whether or not in electronic form.
     “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
     “ERISA Affiliate” of any entity means any other entity that, together with such entity, would be treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.
     “Excluded Leases” means all leasehold interests and obligations for real property.
     “Excluded Returns and Warranties” means (i) the return of unsold product from a distributor prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the Closing Date of inventory shipped or delivered on or before the Closing Date or (ii) any warranty or similar claims related to any Seller Products shipped or delivered on or before the Closing Date, which in each case is a return or warranty claim that is approved or required to be approved by Seller pursuant to Section 5.3 hereof.
     “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.
     “Governmental Authority” means (i) any government or any state, department, local authority or other political subdivision thereof or (ii) any governmental body, agency, authority (including any central bank, Taxing Authority or transgovernmental or supranational entity or authority), ministry or instrumentality (including any court or tribunal) exercising

3


 

executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.
     “Governmental Authorizations” means, with respect to any Person, all material licenses, permits (including construction permits), certificates, waivers, consents, franchises, exemptions, variances, expirations and terminations of any waiting period requirements and other authorizations and approvals issued to such Person by or obtained by such Person from any Governmental Authority, or of which such Person has the benefit under any Applicable Law.
     “Gratuity Act” means the Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972, of India, including any schemes and rules framed thereunder.
     “Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, (i) the principal, accreted value, accrued and unpaid interest, prepayment and redemption premiums or penalties (if any), unpaid fees or expenses and other monetary obligations in respect of (A) indebtedness of such Person for money borrowed and (B) indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable; (ii) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations of such Person and all obligations of such Person under any title retention agreement; (iii) all obligations of such Person under leases required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP; (iv) all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction; (v) all obligations of such Person under interest rate or currency swap transactions (valued at the termination value thereof); (vi) the liquidation value, accrued and unpaid dividends and prepayment or redemption premiums and penalties (if any), unpaid fees or expense and other monetary obligations in respect of any and all redeemable preferred stock of such Person; (vii) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) of any Persons for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor, surety or otherwise, including guarantees of such obligations; and (viii) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vii) of other Persons secured by (or for which the holder of such obligations has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on any property or asset of such Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person).
     “Indian Subsidiary Employees” means all employees or officers of the Indian Subsidiary.
     “Indian Subsidiary Financial Statements” means (i) the unaudited balance sheet and statement of income of Indian Subsidiary and the footnotes thereto for the six months ended September 27, 2008, and (ii) the audited statutory balance sheet and statement of income of Indian Subsidiary and the footnotes thereto for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008.

4


 

          “Intellectual Property Licenses” means (i) any grant by Seller or any of its IP Affiliates to another Person of any right, permission, consent or non-assertion relating to or under any Intellectual Property Rights or Technology used in or held for use in the conduct of the Sale Business as currently conducted (“Outbound Intellectual Property Licenses”), and (ii) any grant by another Person to Seller or any of its IP Affiliates of any right, permission, consent or non-assertion relating to or under any Intellectual Property Rights or Technology used in or held for use in the conduct of the Sale Business as currently conducted (“Inbound Intellectual Property Licenses”).
          “Intellectual Property Rights” means all intellectual property rights and related priority rights, whether protected, created or arising under the laws of the United States or any other jurisdiction or under any international convention, including all (i) patents and patent applications, including all continuations, divisionals, continuations-in-part, and provisionals and patents issuing on any of the foregoing, and all reissues, reexaminations, substitutions, renewals and extensions of any of the foregoing (collectively, “Patents”), (ii) trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade dress, logos, corporate names and other source or business identifiers, together with the goodwill associated with any of the foregoing, and all applications, registrations, renewals and extensions of any of the foregoing (collectively, “Marks”), (iii) Internet domain names, (iv) copyrights, works of authorship, including rights in databases, data collections and moral rights, and all registrations, applications, renewals, extensions and reversions of any of the foregoing (collectively, “Copyrights”), (v) mask works and mask sets, and all applications and registrations of any of the foregoing (collectively, “Mask Works”) and (vi) confidential and proprietary information, trade secrets and non-public discoveries, concepts, ideas, research and development, technology, know-how, formulae, inventions, compositions, processes, techniques, technical data and information, procedures, semiconductor device structures (including gate structures, transistor structures, memory cells or circuitry, vias and interconnects, isolation structures and protection devices), circuit block libraries, designs (including circuit designs and layouts), drawings, specifications, databases, data collections and other information, including customer lists, supplier lists, pricing and cost information, and business and marketing plans and proposals, in each case excluding any rights in respect of any of the foregoing that comprise or are protected by Patents (collectively, “Trade Secrets”).
          “Inventory” means all inventory used, held for use or intended to be used, in each case, by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries in the Sale Business.
          “IP Affiliate” means all Affiliates of Seller, excluding (i) Seller’s directors, (ii) Riley Investment Management, LLC and any of its portfolio companies and (iii) UBS AG and any of its portfolio companies.
          “IT Systems” means all communications systems, computer systems, servers, network equipment and other hardware used by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries.

5


 

          “Knowledge” means, as applied to any Person, the knowledge of the officers of such Person, after due inquiry of the direct reports of such officers who are senior manager(s) in charge of the area covered by the relevant subject matter to which the statement applies. For the purposes of this definition as applied to Seller, the “officers” of Seller shall be those individuals listed on Schedule 1.1(a) hereto.
          “Liability” means any Indebtedness, Tax, loss, damage, fines, penalties, liability or obligation (whether direct or indirect, known or unknown, asserted or unasserted, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, matured or unmatured, determined or determinable, disputed or undisputed, liquidated or unliquidated, or due or to become due, and whether in contract, tort, strict liability or otherwise), and including all costs and expenses relating thereto (including all fees, disbursements and expenses of legal counsel, experts, engineers and consultants and costs of investigation).
          “Lien” means, with respect to any property or asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest, encumbrance, claim, infringement, interference, right of first refusal, preemptive right, community property right or other adverse claim of any kind in respect of such property or asset (but excluding licenses with respect to Intellectual Property Rights that do not secure any obligation). For purposes of this Agreement, a Person shall be deemed to own subject to a Lien, any property or asset that it has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement relating to such property or asset.
          “Non-U.S. Employee Benefit Plan” means any employee benefit plan, program or arrangement (whether written or oral, funded or unfunded) that is maintained outside of the United States by Seller or any Subsidiary on behalf of any non-U.S. employees.
          “Order” means, with respect to any Person, any order, injunction, judgment, decree, writ, doctrine, assessment, or arbitration award or ruling enacted, adopted, promulgated or applied by a Governmental Authority or arbitrator that is binding upon or applicable to such Person or its property.
          “Ordinary Course of Business” means the ordinary and usual course of normal day-to-day operations of the Sale Business, as conducted by Seller and its Subsidiaries, through the date hereof consistent with past practice during the last two (2) years.
          “P1 Assigned Contracts” means those Contracts listed on Schedule 2.1(a)(ii).
          “P2 Assigned Contracts” means those Contracts listed on Schedule 2.1(b)(ii).

6


 

          “Permitted Liens” means such of the following as to which no enforcement, collection, execution, levy or foreclosure proceeding shall have been commenced: (a) Liens for Taxes, assessments, and governmental charges or levies not yet due and payable and (b) materialmen’s, mechanics’, carriers’, workmen’s and repairmen’s liens and other similar Liens arising in the Ordinary Course of Business securing obligations that are (i) not overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days, (ii) not in excess of $10,000 in the case of a single property or $50,000 in the aggregate at any time and (iii) not the result of a breach, default or violation of Seller or its Subsidiaries of any Contract or Applicable Law.
          “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, trust or other entity or organization, including any Governmental Authority.
          “Point of Sale Functionality” means containing (a) one (1) or more hardware cryptographic engines (such as DES, AES, SHA-1, SHA-2, RSA, ECC, DSA, or ECDSA) and (b) hardware specifically designed to be capable of detecting and responding to tamper events (examples of which include, without limitation, temperature fluctuations, voltage manipulation or external triggers such as switches) without execution by the main processor.
          “Proceeding” means any suit, claim, action, litigation, arbitration, proceeding (including any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or appellate proceeding), hearing, audit, examination or investigation commenced, brought, conducted or heard by or before, any court or other Governmental Authority or any arbitrator or arbitration panel.
          “Provident Funds Act” means Employees Provident Funds and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952, of India, including any schemes and rules framed thereunder.
          “Purchaser 1 License Agreement” means the License Agreement to be entered into by Seller and Purchaser 1 in the form of Exhibit B hereto.
          “Purchaser 2 License Agreement” means the License Agreement to be entered into by Seller and Purchaser 2 in the form of Exhibit C hereto.
          “Qualifying Assets” means any group of assets with a value in excess of $10 million, any business unit or division or any assets, other than in the ordinary course of business of the Seller and its Subsidiaries consistent with past practice, sold to an entity listed in Schedule 1.1(c).
          “Registered IP” means all issued Patents, pending Patent applications, registered Marks, pending applications for registration of Marks, registered Copyrights, pending applications for registration of Copyrights, registered Mask Works, pending applications for

7


 

registration of Mask Works and Internet domain names owned, filed or applied for by Seller or any of its IP Affiliates and included in the Sale Business Intellectual Property.
          “Remote Control Functionality” means functionality enabling wireless control of an electronic appliance using a database of code-sets residing on an integrated circuit.
          “Representatives” means, with respect to any Person, the directors, officers, employees, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants, consultants, agents and other authorized representatives of such Person, acting in such capacity.
          “Restricted Business” means, (i) with respect to Seller and its Subsidiaries owning, managing, operating, controlling or participating in the ownership, management, operation or control of any business, whether in corporate, proprietorship or partnership form or otherwise, engaged in, or otherwise competes with, the Sale Business or (ii) with respect to any purchaser or assignee of the assets of the Atlas Product Line using (including by way of a license or joint venture), modifying or altering the Atlas Product Line to engage in, or otherwise compete with, the Sale Business.
          “Sale Business” means the product lines and businesses of Seller and its Subsidiaries containing Remote Control Functionality or Point-Of-Sale Functionality (including without limitation the business and operations of the Indian Subsidiary), but excluding (i) devices that may be adapted for use with multiple applications and embedded in any products, and (ii) Seller’s proprietary Crimzon Connects home control products and technology; provided, however, that none of the foregoing products, devices or technology in (i) or (ii) above are Seller Products, part of the Atlas Product Line or shall have been designed or enabled for use primarily in remote control or point-of-sale applications.
          “Sale Business Intellectual Property” means the Intellectual Property Rights owned by Seller or any of its IP Affiliates that are primarily used in or held for use in the conduct of the Sale Business set forth or described on Schedule 2.1(a)(iii) and Schedule 2.1(b).
          “Sale Business Technology” means the Technology owned by Seller or any of its IP Affiliates that is primarily used or held for use in the Sale Business set forth or described on Schedule 2.1(a)(iii) and Schedule 2.1(b).
          “Sarbanes-Oxley Act” means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended.
          “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

8


 

          “Seller Balance Sheet” means the pro forma unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Sale Business as of December 27, 2008.
          “Seller Board” means the Board of Directors of Seller.
          “Seller Bylaws” means the bylaws of Seller.
          “Seller Certificate of Incorporation” means the certificate of incorporation of Seller.
          “Seller Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Seller.
          “Seller Disclosure Schedule” means the disclosure schedule dated as of the date hereof regarding this Agreement that has been provided by Seller to each Purchaser.
          “Seller Financial Statements” means (i) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet and statement of income of Seller and its Subsidiaries and the footnotes thereto set forth in Seller’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 27, 2008, and (ii) the audited consolidated balance sheet and statement of income of Seller and its Subsidiaries and the footnotes thereto set forth in Seller’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008.
          “Seller Income Statement” means the pro forma consolidated statement of income for the Sale Business for the nine (9) month period ended December 27, 2008.
          “Seller Licensed Intellectual Property” means (i) the Intellectual Property Rights and Technology to be licensed by Seller to Purchaser 1 pursuant to the Purchaser 1 License Agreement and (ii) the Intellectual Property Rights and Technology to be licensed by Seller to Purchaser 2 pursuant to the Purchaser 2 License Agreement.
          “Seller Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (i) the business, assets, properties, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations or prospects of the Sale Business, taken as a whole or (ii) the ability of Seller or its Subsidiaries to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or perform their obligations under this Agreement or the Seller Documents; provided that in each case, excluding any such effect that is a direct result of (A) any adverse effect (including any loss of or adverse change in the relationship of Seller and its Subsidiaries with their respective employees, customers, distributors, licensors, partners, suppliers or similar relationship) directly related to or caused by the announcement, pendency or consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, (B) general

9


 

economic, market or political conditions (including acts of terrorism or war) that do not disproportionately affect the Sale Business, taken as a whole, (C) general conditions in the industry in which the Sale Business operates that do not disproportionately affect the Sale Business, taken as a whole, (D) any changes (after the date hereof) in GAAP or Applicable Law, (E) any failure of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries to take any action as a result of restrictions or other prohibitions pursuant to this Agreement, (F) any failure of Seller to meet internal or analysts’ expectations or projections; provided, however, that the exception in this clause (F) shall not apply to the facts and circumstances underlying any such failure, (G) any change in the market price or trading volume of Seller Common Stock; provided, however, that the exception in this clause (G) shall not apply to the facts and circumstances underlying any such change or (H) the taking of any action, or failure to take action, to which each Purchaser has consented or approved in writing.
          “Seller Products” means all products sold, offered for sale, licensed, under development, distributed or otherwise provided by or for Seller or any of its Subsidiaries to any Third Party in the conduct of the Sale Business as currently conducted, including but not limited to such products listed on Schedule 1.1(b).
          “Seller Shares” shall mean the outstanding shares of Seller Common Stock.
          “Software” means all (i) computer programs, including any and all software implementations of algorithms, models and methodologies, whether in source code or object code, (ii) databases and compilations, including any and all data and collections of data, whether machine readable or otherwise, (iii) descriptions, flow-charts and other work product used to design, plan, organize and develop any of the foregoing, screens, user interfaces, report formats, firmware, development tools, templates, menus, buttons and icons and (iv) documentation, including user manuals and other training documentation, related to any of the foregoing.
          “Standard Outbound Intellectual Property Licenses” means non-exclusive Outbound Intellectual Property Licenses substantially in the form of the standard outbound forms or terms and conditions used by Seller or any of its IP Affiliates in the Ordinary Course of Business in connection with the distribution, sale or licensing of Seller Products or Seller Software, true and complete copies of which have been provided to each Purchaser prior to the date hereof.
          “STPI” means Software Technology Park of India.
          “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any entity of which (i) a majority of the outstanding share capital, voting securities or other equity interests are owned, directly or indirectly by such Person (including without limitation, with respect to Seller, the Indian Subsidiary) or (ii) such Person is entitled, directly or indirectly, to appoint a majority of the board of directors or managers or comparable supervisory body of such entity.

10


 

          “Technology” means all Software, information, designs (including circuit designs and layouts), semiconductor device structures (including gate structures, transistor structures, memory cells or circuitry, vias and interconnects, isolation structures and protection devices), circuit block libraries, formulae, algorithms, procedures, methods, techniques, ideas, know-how, research and development, technical data, programs, subroutines, tools, materials, specifications, processes, inventions (whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice), apparatus, creations, improvements and other similar materials, and all recordings, graphs, drawings, reports, analyses and other writings, and other tangible embodiments of any of the foregoing, in any form whether or not specifically listed herein.
          “Third Party” means any Person or “group” as defined in Section 13(d) of the 1934 Act, other than Purchasers or any of their Affiliates or Representatives.
          “Third Party Intellectual Property and Technology” means the Intellectual Property Rights and Technology not owned by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries that are primarily used or held for use by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries in the conduct of the Sale Business.
          “Transferred Assets” means the P1 Transferred Assets and P2 Transferred Assets.
          “U.S. Employee Benefit Plan” means each material “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) as of the date hereof, each material employment, severance or similar contract, plan, practice or policy providing for compensation, bonuses, profit-sharing, stock option or other stock related rights or other forms of incentive or deferred compensation, vacation benefits, insurance (including any self-insured arrangements), health or medical benefits, loans, employee assistance program, disability or sick leave benefits, workers’ compensation, supplemental unemployment benefits, severance benefits and post-employment or retirement benefits (including compensation, pension, health, medical or life insurance benefits) which is maintained, sponsored, administered or contributed to (on a contingent basis or otherwise) by Seller or any ERISA Affiliate of Seller and covers any U.S. employees or former U.S. employees of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries, and with respect to which Seller or any of its Subsidiaries has any liability.
          “1933 Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
          “1934 Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
               (b) Each of the following terms is defined in the Section set forth opposite such term:
     
Term   Section
Agreement
  Preamble
Cash Consideration
  2.5(a) 
Cayman Islands Entity
  Preamble
Closing
  2.4 

11


 

     
Term   Section
Closing Date
  2.4 
COBRA
  6.1(d) 
Confidential Information
  5.1(c) 
Damages
  8.1(a) 
Escrow Agent
  2.12 
Escrow Agreement
  2.12 
Escrow Amount
  2.12 
Excluded Assets
  2.2 
Excluded Liabilities
  2.3(c) 
Export Approvals
  3.24(a) 
Indemnification Basket
  8.3(c) 
Indemnified Parties
  8.1(a) 
India Cash Consideration
  2.5(c) 
India Entity
  Preamble
Indian Subsidiary
  Preamble
Indian Subsidiary Lease
  3.26(a) 
Indian Subsidiary Leased Real Property
  3.26(a) 
Insurance Policies
  3.25 
Inventory Amount
  2.6(b) 
Key Employees
  2.7(g) 
Material Contract
  3.11 
Mutual Release
  2.7(l) 
Nonassignable Assets
  2.13(a) 
Offered Employees
  6.1(a) 
Off-the-Shelf Software Licenses
  3.11(m) 
Open Source
  3.15(j) 
P1 Assumed Liabilities
  2.3(a) 
P1 Cash Consideration
  2.5(b) 
P1 Final Report
  2.6(d) 
P1 Offered Employees
  6.1(a) 
P1 Transferred Assets
  2.1(a) 
P2 Assumed Liabilities
  2.3(b) 
P2 Cash Consideration
  2.5(c) 
P2 Final Report
  2.6(e) 
P2 Offered Employees
  6.1(a) 
P2 Transferred Assets
  2.1(b) 
Payroll Taxes
  6.1(e) 
Philips
  3.15(t) 
Philips Licenses
  3.15(t) 
Preliminary Report
  2.6(c) 
Purchaser 1
  Preamble
Purchaser 2
  Preamble
Purchaser 2 Parent
  Preamble
Purchaser
  Preamble

12


 

     
Term   Section
Purchasers
  Preamble
Purchasers Documents
  4.2 
Sale Business Service Providers
  3.13(d) 
Seller
  Preamble
Seller Documents
  3.2 
Seller SEC Documents
  3.5(a) 
Seller Software
  3.15(h) 
Survival Period
  8.3(a) 
Target Inventory Amount
  2.6(b) 
Tax
  3.12(f) 
Tax Return
  3.12(f) 
Taxing Authority
  3.12(f) 
Third Party Claim
  8.2(b) 
Total Consideration
  2.5(a) 
Transferred Employee
  6.1(a) 
Transition Period
  2.13(b) 
Transition Services Agreement
  2.7(f) 
          Section 1.2 Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The captions herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof. References to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules are to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules of this Agreement unless otherwise specified. All Exhibits and Schedules annexed hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein. Any capitalized terms used in any Exhibit or Schedule but not otherwise defined therein, shall have the meaning as defined in this Agreement. Any singular term in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term the singular. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation,” whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of like import. “Writing,” “written” and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form. Except as otherwise indicated herein, references to any statute are to that statute, as amended from time to time, and to the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. References to “$” and “dollars” are to the currency of the United States. References from or through any date mean, unless otherwise specified, from and including or through and including, respectively.
ARTICLE II
CLOSING AND PURCHASE PRICE
          Section 2.1 Sale and Transfer of the Assets. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing:

13


 

               (a) Purchaser 1 shall (or shall cause its designated Affiliate or Affiliates to) purchase, acquire and accept from Seller and its Subsidiaries, and Seller shall (and shall cause its Subsidiaries to) sell, transfer, assign, convey and deliver to Purchaser 1(or its designated Affiliate or Affiliates) all of Seller’s and its Subsidiaries’ right, title and interest in and to all assets, properties, contractual rights, goodwill, going concern value rights and claims necessary for the operation of the Sale Business together with the services to be provided under the Transition Services Agreement (other than (A) the Excluded Assets and (B) those assets transferred to Purchaser 2 pursuant to Sections 2.1(b) and (c)), free and clear of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens, (collectively the “P1 Transferred Assets”) including without limitation:
                    (i) all Inventory;
                    (ii) all rights of Seller and its Subsidiaries under the P1 Assigned Contracts, including all claims or causes of action of Seller or its Subsidiaries with respect to the P1 Assigned Contracts;
                    (iii) the Sale Business Intellectual Property and the Sale Business Technology listed on Schedule 2.1(a)(iii);
                    (iv) all transferable licenses, permits, orders, approvals and other authorizations by, and any applications for any of the foregoing filed with, any Governmental Authority necessary for the conduct of the Sale Business, including those set forth on Schedule 2.1(a)(iv);
                    (v) except as provided in Section 2.2(h), all books and records (other than Tax records, copies of which shall be provided to Purchaser 1 as reasonably requested), relating to the Sale Business or any P1 Transferred Asset, including all Documents and, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, employment records relating to the applicable Transferred Employees and files and other information and/or data necessary for the conduct of the Sale Business;
                    (vi) all prepaid expenses, credits, deferred charges, prepaid items, advances and deposits (including customer deposits), or portions thereof, arising out of or related to any P1 Transferred Asset or the Sale Business;
                    (vii) all causes of action, claims and rights against third parties that relate to any P1 Transferred Asset or the Sale Business, including the right to sue and recover for past infringements of any rights under the Sale Business Intellectual Property and all warranties and guaranties received from vendors, suppliers or manufacturers with respect to any P1 Transferred Asset or the Sale Business;

14


 

                    (viii) all rights of Seller and its Subsidiaries under non-disclosure or confidentiality, non-compete, or non-solicitation agreements with current or former Business Employees to the extent they relate to the Sale Business;
                    (ix) all goodwill and other intangible assets appurtenant to the P1 Transferred Assets or the Sale Business (excluding the goodwill associated with any Marks owned by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries and not included in the Sale Business Intellectual Property, but including the goodwill associated with the Sale Business Intellectual Property and Sale Business Technology on Schedule 2.1(a)(iii)) and the right to represent to third parties that Purchaser 1 is the successor to the Sale Business (except in respect of the business and operation of the P2 Transferred Assets); and
                    (x) the assets listed on Schedule 2.1(a)(x).
                    (b) The India Entity shall (or shall cause its designated Affiliate or Affiliates to) purchase, acquire and accept from Seller and its Subsidiaries, and Seller shall (and shall cause its Subsidiaries to) sell, transfer, assign, convey and deliver to the India Entity (or its designated Affiliate or Affiliates) all of Seller’s and its Subsidiaries’ right, title and interest in and to the ZBASE database and all Sale Business Intellectual Property and Sale Business Technology (other than the Excluded Assets) set forth on Schedule 2.1(b), free and clear of all Liens except for Permitted Liens (“P2 Transferred Assets”) including without limitation:
                    (i) all transferable licenses, permits, orders, approvals and other authorizations by, and any applications for any of the foregoing filed with, any Governmental Authority used, held for use or intended to be used primarily with the P2 Transferred Assets;
                    (ii) all rights of Seller and its Subsidiaries under the P2 Assigned Contracts, including all claims or causes of action of Seller or its Subsidiaries with respect to the P2 Assigned Contracts;
                    (iii) except as provided in Section 2.2(h), all books and records (other than Tax records, copies of which shall be provided to Purchaser 2 as reasonably requested), primarily relating to the P2 Transferred Assets, including all Documents and, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, employment records relating to the applicable Transferred Employees and files and other information and/or data used by Seller or its Subsidiaries primarily in, or that primarily relates to the P2 Transferred Assets;
                    (iv) all causes of action, claims and rights against third parties that primarily relate to the P2 Transferred Assets, including the right to sue and recover for past infringements of any rights under the Sale Business Intellectual Property and Sale Business Technology included in the P2 Transferred Assets and all warranties and

15


 

guaranties received from vendors, suppliers or manufacturers with respect primarily to the P2 Transferred Assets; provided, however, that to the extent any such action, claim or right is also applicable to the P1 Transferred Assets, Purchaser 1 shall retain such applicable portion of such action, claim or right;
                    (v) all rights of Seller and its Subsidiaries under non-disclosure or confidentiality, non-compete, or non-solicitation agreements with current or former Business Employees to the extent they relate primarily to the P2 Transferred Assets; provided, however, that to the extent any such agreement is also applicable to both the P1 Transferred Assets and the P2 Transferred Assets, Purchaser 1 and Purchaser 2 shall each retain the applicable rights;
                    (vi) all goodwill and other intangible assets appurtenant exclusively to the P2 Transferred Assets and the operations and conduct of the business related thereto (including the goodwill associated with the Sale Business Intellectual Property and Sale Business Technology included in the P2 Transferred Assets) and the right to represent to third parties that Purchaser 2 is the successor to the P2 Transferred Assets;
                    (vii) all assets owned by the Indian Subsidiary, whether tangible or intangible, real or personal, including without limitation the assets listed on Schedule 2.1(b)(vii); and
                    (viii) the assets listed on Schedule 2.1(b)(viii);

provided, however, that the Cayman Islands Entity shall purchase, acquire and accept from Seller and its Subsidiaries the ZBASE Database, any and all Sale Business Intellectual Property or Sale Business Technology included in the P2 Transferred Assets and those assets set forth in Section 2.1(b)(vi) above.
                    (c) In furtherance of Sections 2.1(a) and (b), Seller shall take all actions necessary to transfer and assign all of Seller’s and its Subsidiaries’ right, title and interest in and to any of the Transferred Assets to the applicable Purchaser at the Closing, including the execution of instruments pursuant to Section 2.7(b).
               Section 2.2 Assets Not Transferred. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the following assets are not included in the Transferred Assets and shall be retained by Seller and its Subsidiaries (the “Excluded Assets”):
                    (a) except as otherwise provided in Section 2.1(a)(vi), all of Seller’s and its Subsidiaries’ (including the Indian Subsidiary) cash and cash equivalent items, including checking accounts, bank accounts, lock box numbers, certificates of deposit, time deposits, securities and the proceeds of accounts receivable, including uncashed checks in payment thereof,

16


 

received or accrued by Seller prior to the Closing Date, and all equity securities of any Person owned by Seller or any of its Affiliates;
                    (b) all rights of Seller under the Mutual Release;
                    (c) all rights of Seller under the Excluded Leases;
                    (d) proprietary or confidential business information, records and policies that in each case relate generally to Seller and are not used, held for use, intended to be used in or otherwise necessary to conduct the Sale Business, including organization manuals, Tax records and related information;
                    (e) all other assets used exclusively in connection with Seller’s corporate, and not operational, functions (including the corporate charter, qualifications to conduct business as a foreign corporation, arrangements with registered agents relating to foreign qualifications, taxpayer and other identification numbers, seals, minute books and stock transfer records and other documents relating to the organization, maintenance and existence of Seller as a corporation);
                    (f) all assets, trusts or other funding mechanisms in respect of any U.S. Employee Benefit Plans and Non-U.S. Employee Benefits Plans;
                    (g) all rights under the U.S. Employee Benefit Plans and Non-U.S. Employee Benefits Plans;
                    (h) all of Seller’s books and records, including without limitation, Tax Returns or records, and other documents primarily related to the negotiation of the sale of the Sale Business with other parties;
                    (i) all insurance policies and proceeds;
                    (j) all accounts receivable, or portions thereof, attributable to Seller Products shipped to distributors or customers prior to the Closing;
                    (k) the ARM License;
                    (l) the assets listed on Schedule 2.2(l); and
                    (m) all Intellectual Property Rights and Technology owned by, or used or held for use by, Seller or any of its Subsidiaries other than the Sale Business Intellectual Property and Sale Business Technology, including without limitation the Intellectual Property Rights and Technology to be licensed to Purchaser 1 or Purchaser 2 under the Purchaser 1 License Agreement and Purchaser 2 License Agreement and Intellectual Property Licenses (other than the P1 Assigned Contracts and P2 Assigned Contracts).

17


 

               Section 2.3 Assumed and Excluded Liabilities.
                    (a) On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing, and subject to consummation of the Closing, Purchaser 1 shall (or shall cause its designated Affiliate or Affiliates to) assume, effective as of the Closing, the following liabilities of Seller and its Subsidiaries (collectively, the “P1 Assumed Liabilities”):
                    (i) all Liabilities arising out of, under or in connection with any Assumed Returns in connection with the P1 Transferred Assets; and
                    (ii) accounts payable (other than intercompany accounts payable) associated with Inventory on order by or in transit to Seller or its Subsidiaries as of the Closing (in amounts and on terms in the Ordinary Course of Business) which is received after the Closing; provided, however, that such accounts payable shall exclude any accounts payable associated with any Inventory included in the Inventory Amount in accordance with Section 2.6.
                    (b) On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing, and subject to consummation of the Closing, Purchaser 2 shall (or shall cause its designated Affiliate or Affiliates to) assume, effective as of the Closing, all Liabilities of Seller and the Subsidiaries arising out of, under or in connection with Assumed Returns in connection with the P2 Transferred Assets ( the “P2 Assumed Liabilities”).
                    (c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, and regardless of any disclosure to any Purchaser, no Purchaser will assume or be liable for any Excluded Liabilities. Seller shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, timely perform, satisfy and discharge in accordance with their respective terms all Excluded Liabilities. “Excluded Liabilities” shall mean all Liabilities of Seller and its Subsidiaries arising out of, relating to or otherwise in respect of the Sale Business or the Transferred Assets on or before the Closing and all other Liabilities of Seller and its Subsidiaries, other than the Assumed Liabilities, including the following Liabilities:
                    (i) all Liabilities in respect of any products sold and/or services performed by Seller or its Subsidiaries and the operation of the Sale Business on or before the Closing Date;
                    (ii) all Liabilities arising out of, under or in connection with Excluded Returns and Warranties;
                    (iii) all Liabilities arising out of, under or in connection with Contracts that are not Assigned Contracts and, with respect to Assigned Contracts, Liabilities in respect of a breach by or default of Seller or its Subsidiary accruing under such Assigned Contracts with respect to any period on or before the Closing;

18


 

                         (iv) all Liabilities arising out of, under or in connection with any Indebtedness of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries;
                         (v) all Liabilities in respect of (A) any pending or threatened Proceeding against Seller or its Subsidiaries, or (B) any claim arising out of, relating to or otherwise in respect of (1) the operation of the Sale Business to the extent such Proceeding or claim relates to such operation on or prior to the Closing or (2) any Excluded Asset;
                         (vi) all Liabilities arising out of, under or in connection with the Excluded Leases and Excluded Assets;
                         (vii) all Liabilities arising out of, relating to or with respect to (A) the employment or performance of services, or termination of employment or services by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates of any individual on or before the Closing, (B) workers’ compensation claims against Seller or any of its Subsidiaries that relate to the period on or before the Closing, irrespective of whether such claims are made prior to or after the Closing or (C) any U.S. Employee Benefit Plan;
                         (viii) except as expressly provided in Section 2.10, (A) all Liabilities of Seller, its Subsidiaries or its Affiliates for Taxes or (B) any Liability for Taxes attributable to the ownership, conduct, operation or disposition of the Sale Business or Transferred Assets for any period (including a portion thereof) ending on or prior to the Closing;
                         (ix) all Liabilities relating to the conduct or operation of the Sale Business prior to the effective time of the Closing on the Closing Date other than as set forth in Sections 2.3(a)(i), 2.3(a)(ii) and 2.3(b); and
                         (x) all Liabilities relating to the conduct or operation of any business of Seller, its Subsidiaries or its Affiliates, other than the Sale Business.
                         2.4 Closing. The closing (the “Closing”) of the purchase and sale of the Transferred Assets and the assumption of the Assumed Liabilities shall be held at the offices of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, 525 University Ave., Palo Alto, California on the date hereof (the “Closing Date”). The Closing shall be deemed to occur as of the close of business on the Closing Date.
2.5 Consideration.
                    (a) The aggregate consideration for the Transferred Assets shall be (i) an amount in cash equal to $31,234,873.29, subject to adjustment as provided in Sections 2.6, 2.9

19


 

and 2.12 (the “Cash Consideration”), and (ii) the assumption of the Assumed Liabilities (together with the Cash Consideration, the “Total Consideration”).
                    (b) At the Closing, Purchaser 1 shall pay $21,688,984.84 (as adjusted pursuant to Sections 2.6, 2.9 and 2.12, the “P1 Cash Consideration”) to Seller, which shall be paid by wire transfer of immediately available funds into an account designated by Seller in writing not fewer than three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date.
                    (c) At the Closing, the Cayman Islands Entity shall pay $9,501,888.45 and, within ten (10) Business Days following delivery by Seller to the India Entity of Seller’s invoice for physical assets located in India, the India Entity shall pay by check an amount in India Rupees equal to $44,000.00 exchanged into Rupees based on the spot rate as of the date of such invoice (the “India Cash Consideration”) (each as adjusted pursuant to Sections 2.9 and 2.12, and together the “P2 Cash Consideration”) to Seller, which shall be paid by wire transfer of immediately available funds into an account designated by Seller in writing (except for payment of the India Cash Consideration, which shall be paid by check to Seller).
               Section 2.6 Cash Consideration Adjustments.
                    (a) The P1 Cash Consideration (and as a result the Cash Consideration) shall be decreased by an amount equal to (i) any customer payments and deposits received by Seller prior to the Closing but attributable to products or services to be provided by Purchaser 1 after the Closing (including any interest owing thereon) and (ii) any other advance payments or deposits, to the extent any of the foregoing payments or deposits are attributable to products or services to be provided after the Closing.
                    (b) Seller shall be obligated to deliver to Purchaser 1 an Inventory Amount equivalent to $1,704,499.00 (the “Target Inventory Amount”) at Closing. In the event that the actual Inventory Amount at Closing exceeds the Target Inventory Amount, the P1 Cash Consideration (and as a result the Cash Consideration) shall be increased by the amount of such excess; provided, however, that in no event shall such increase be greater than $170,449.90. In the event that the Target Inventory Amount exceeds the Inventory Amount actually delivered at the Closing, the P1 Cash Consideration (and as a result the Cash Consideration) shall be decreased by the amount of such excess. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Inventory Amount” means the amount of Inventory at the Closing calculated in accordance with GAAP in a manner consistent with the Seller Balance Sheet as calculated by Seller and delivered to Purchaser in the Preliminary Report pursuant to Section 2.6(c) below.
                    (c) Attached hereto as Schedule 2.6(c) is a report with respect to the Sale Business (the “Preliminary Report”), prepared in good faith and certified to the best knowledge of such certifying officer as to completeness and accuracy by Seller, showing in detail the preliminary determination of the adjustments referred to in Sections 2.6(a), 2.6(b) (with respect to Purchaser 1) and 2.9 (with respect to Purchaser 1 and Purchaser 2), which are calculated in accordance with such Section as of the Closing, together with any documents substantiating the determination of the adjustments to the P1 Cash Consideration or the P2 Cash Consideration (and as a result the Cash Consideration) proposed in the Preliminary Report. The

20


 

adjustments shown in the Preliminary Report have been accounted for in calculating the P1 Cash Consideration (and as a result the Cash Consideration) shown in Sections 2.5(a) and 2.6(b) above.
                    (d) Within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date, Purchaser 1 shall deliver to Seller a report with respect to the Sale Business (the “P1 Final Report”), showing in detail the final determination of any adjustments which were not calculated as of the Closing and containing any corrections to the Preliminary Report, together with documents substantiating the final calculation of the adjustments proposed in the Final Report. If Seller shall conclude that the Final Report does not accurately reflect the adjustments and prorations to be made to the P1 Cash Consideration (and as a result the Cash Consideration) in accordance with this Section 2.6, Seller shall, within thirty (30) days after its receipt of the Final Report, provide to Purchaser 1 its written statement of any discrepancies believed to exist. Purchaser 1 and Seller shall use good faith efforts to jointly resolve the discrepancies within thirty (30) days of such Purchaser’s receipt of Seller’s written statement of discrepancies, which resolution, if achieved, shall be binding upon all parties to this Agreement and not subject to dispute or judicial review. If Purchaser 1 and Seller cannot resolve the discrepancies to their mutual satisfaction within such 30-day period, such Purchaser and Seller shall, within the following ten (10) days, jointly designate a national independent public accounting firm to be retained to review the Final Report together with Seller’s discrepancy statement and any other relevant documents. The parties agree that the foregoing independent public accounting firm shall not be one that is regularly engaged by Purchaser 1 or Seller. Such firm shall report its conclusions as to adjustments pursuant to this Section 2.6, which shall be conclusive on all parties to this Agreement and not subject to dispute or judicial review. The conclusion of such firm with respect to each discrepancy shall be within the range established for such item by the Final Report and Seller’s discrepancy statement. If Purchaser 1 or Seller is determined to owe an amount to the other pursuant to this Section 2.6(d), the appropriate party shall pay such amount thereof to the other within three (3) Business Days after receipt of such determination and such payment shall be treated as an adjustment to the purchase price of the Transferred Assets. The cost of retaining such independent public accounting firm shall be borne equally by Seller and Purchaser 1.
                    (e) Within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date, Purchaser 2 shall deliver to Seller a report with respect to the Sale Business (the “P2 Final Report”), showing in detail the final determination of any adjustments which were not calculated as of the Closing and containing any corrections to the Preliminary Report, together with documents substantiating the final calculation of the adjustments proposed in the Final Report. If Seller shall conclude that the Final Report does not accurately reflect the adjustments and prorations to be made to the P2 Cash Consideration (and as a result the Cash Consideration) in accordance with this Section 2.6, Seller shall, within thirty (30) days after its receipt of the Final Report, provide to Purchaser 2 its written statement of any discrepancies believed to exist. Purchaser 2 and Seller shall use good faith efforts to jointly resolve the discrepancies within thirty (30) days of such Purchaser’s receipt of Seller’s written statement of discrepancies, which resolution, if achieved, shall be binding upon all parties to this Agreement and not subject to dispute or judicial review. If Purchaser 2 and Seller cannot resolve the discrepancies to their mutual satisfaction within such 30-day period, such Purchaser and Seller shall, within the following ten (10) days, jointly designate a national independent public accounting firm to be retained to review the Final Report together with Seller’s discrepancy statement and any other relevant documents. The parties agree that the foregoing independent public accounting firm shall not be one that is regularly

21


 

engaged by Purchaser 2 or Seller. Such firm shall report its conclusions as to adjustments pursuant to this Section 2.6, which shall be conclusive on all parties to this Agreement and not subject to dispute or judicial review. The conclusion of such firm with respect to each discrepancy shall be within the range established for such item by the Final Report and Seller’s discrepancy statement. If Purchaser 2 or Seller is determined to owe an amount to the other pursuant to this Section 2.6(d), the appropriate party shall pay such amount thereof to the other within three (3) Business Days after receipt of such determination and such payment shall be treated as an adjustment to the purchase price of the Transferred Assets. The cost of retaining such independent public accounting firm shall be borne equally by Seller and Purchaser 2.
               Section 2.7 Seller’s Deliveries at the Closing. At the Closing, Seller shall deliver or cause to be delivered to each Purchaser, as applicable, the following:
                    (a) Bills of Sale executed by Seller (i.e., one for the benefit of Purchaser 1, one for the benefit of the India Entity and one for the benefit of the Cayman Islands Entity);
                    (b) such further Bills of Sale (or a Delivery Note, as applicable), endorsements, consents, assignments and other good and sufficient instruments of conveyance and assignment as the parties and their respective counsel shall deem reasonably necessary under Applicable Law to vest in each Purchaser all right, title and interest in, to and under the applicable Transferred Assets;
                    (c) an affidavit of Seller stating, under penalties of perjury, Seller’s taxpayer identification number and that Seller is not a foreign person in accordance with Section 1445(b)(2) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder;
                    (d) assignment agreements, in a form reasonably acceptable to the applicable Purchaser and suitable for recordation with applicable Governmental Authorities, executed by an authorized representative of Seller that assigns or transfers, as the case may be, the relevant Sale Business Intellectual Property and Sale Business Technology to the applicable Purchaser;
                    (e) a list of all due dates in Seller’s and its Subsidiaries’ Ordinary Course of Business for filing with any Governmental Authority any documents necessary to secure, maintain and enforce each Purchaser’s respective rights in and to the Sale Business Intellectual Property, which due dates occur within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date;
                    (f) to (i) each Purchaser an executed signature page to the Escrow Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A; (ii) Purchaser 1 an executed signature page to (A) the Purchaser 1 License Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B and (B) the Transition Services Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “Transition Services Agreement”) and (iii) the India Entity an executed signature page to (A) the Purchaser 2 License Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C and (B) the mutual release in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (the “Mutual Release”);

22


 

                    (g) each Key Employee, as set forth on Schedule 2.7(g) (the “Key Employees”) executed offer letters from the relevant Purchaser listed thereon, in the forms attached hereto as Exhibit F (as applicable);
                    (h) a legal opinion from Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, legal counsel to Seller, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit G;
                    (i) a certificate from the Corporate Secretary of Seller having attached thereto a true and complete copy of the resolutions adopted by the Seller Board authorizing the transactions contemplated and a certificate from the corporate secretary of the Indian Subsidiary having attached thereto a true and complete copy of the resolutions adopted by the Indian Subsidiary Board of Directors authorizing the transactions contemplated;
                    (j) all instruments and documents necessary to release any and all (if any) Liens (except Permitted Liens) on the Transferred Assets, including appropriate UCC financing statement amendments (termination statements); and
                    (k) those consents to assignment executed by Third Parties under certain Assigned Contracts as set forth on Schedule 2.7(k).
               Section 2.8 Purchasers’ Deliveries at the Closing. At the Closing
                    (a) each Purchaser shall deliver to Seller the following:
                    (i) The applicable Cash Consideration as adjusted in accordance with Section 2.6; and
                    (ii) an executed undertaking and instrument of assumption, in a form reasonably satisfactory to such Purchaser and Seller, evidencing such Purchaser’s assumption of the applicable Assumed Liabilities; and
                    (b) Purchaser 1 shall deliver to Seller an executed signature page to (i) the Escrow Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A; (ii) the Purchaser 1 License Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B and (iii) the Transition Services Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D.
                    (c) Purchaser 2 shall deliver to Seller an executed signature page to (i) the Escrow Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A; (ii) the Purchaser 2 License Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C and (iii) the mutual release in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E.
               Section 2.9 Tax Apportionment.
                    (a) With respect to Purchaser 1, any ad valorem, property or similar Taxes associated with the P1 Transferred Assets shall be prorated on a per diem basis through the close of business on the Closing Date. Such ad valorem, property or similar Taxes

23


 

apportioned to the period (or portion thereof) ending on or prior to the close of business on the Closing Date shall be borne by Seller and such Taxes apportioned to the period (or portion thereof) beginning on or after the close of business on the Closing Date shall be borne by Purchaser 1. The Cash Consideration shall be increased or decreased as required to effectuate the resulting amount required to be borne by Seller or Purchaser 1. With respect to Taxes described in this Section 2.9(a), Seller shall timely file all Tax Returns due before the Closing Date with respect to such Taxes and Purchaser 1 shall prepare and file all Tax Returns due after the Closing Date with respect to such Taxes. If one party remits to the appropriate Taxing Authority payment for Taxes, which are subject to pro ration under this Section 2.9(a), and such payment includes the other party’s share of such Taxes, such other party shall promptly reimburse the remitting party for its share of such Taxes to the extent that such Taxes are not reflected in the Cash Consideration calculation.
                    (b) With respect to Purchaser 2, any ad valorem, property or similar Taxes associated with the P2 Transferred Assets shall be prorated on a per diem basis through the close of business on the Closing Date. Such ad valorem, property or similar Taxes apportioned to the period (or portion thereof) ending on or prior to the close of business on the Closing Date shall be borne by Seller and such Taxes apportioned to the period (or portion thereof) beginning on or after the close of business on the Closing Date shall be borne by Purchaser 2. The Cash Consideration shall be increased or decreased as required to effectuate the resulting amount required to be borne by Seller or Purchaser 2. With respect to Taxes described in this Section 2.9(b), Seller shall timely file all Tax Returns due before the Closing Date with respect to such Taxes and Purchaser 2 shall prepare and file all Tax Returns due after the Closing Date with respect to such Taxes. If one party remits to the appropriate Taxing Authority payment for Taxes, which are subject to pro ration under this Section 2.9(b), and such payment includes the other party’s share of such Taxes, such other party shall promptly reimburse the remitting party for its share of such Taxes to the extent that such Taxes are not reflected in the Cash Consideration calculation.
               Section 2.10 Transfer Taxes. Seller and the relevant Purchaser shall each pay, or otherwise bear the burden of, fifty percent (50%) of all sales, use, excise, transfer, value added and similar Taxes (and, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any Taxes of or relating to the Seller imposed upon or determined by reference to net income) associated with the sale of the respective Transferred Assets or the assumption of the respective Assumed Liabilities; provided, however, Seller shall pay and solely bear the burden of one hundred percent (100%) of all sales, use, excise, transfer, value added and similar Taxes and all costs of and related to “de-bonding” (including in connection with STPI) associated with the sale of Transferred Assets by the Indian Subsidiary..
               Section 2.11 Allocation of Purchase Price. Seller and each respective Purchaser shall cooperate in good faith to reach an agreement as to the allocation of the purchase price, for U.S. federal income tax purposes of the P1 Transferred Assets and the P2 Transferred Assets, respectively, among such assets. If such agreement is achieved by Seller, on the one hand and a Purchaser, on the other hand, then Seller and such Purchaser shall prepare and file Internal Revenue Service Form 8594 on a basis consistent with such agreement and shall take no contrary position except to the extent required by Applicable Law. If such agreement is not achieved by

24


 

Seller, on the one hand and a Purchaser, on the other hand, then Seller and such Purchaser shall allocate the purchase price attributable to the applicable Transferred Assets in accordance with their separate determinations.
               Section 2.12 Escrow. At Closing, cash in the amount of $3,100,000 (consisting of $2,150,000 of the P1 Cash Consideration and $950,000 of the P2 Cash Consideration, together the “Escrow Amount”) receivable by Seller as part of the Cash Consideration will not be paid at Closing but rather will be deposited with, and held by JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., (the “Escrow Agent”), in an escrow fund in accordance with the escrow agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Escrow Agreement”) to secure claims by Indemnified Parties for indemnification in accordance with ARTICLE VIII. The release of the Escrow Amount will occur as follows: (i) one-half of the Escrow Amount will be released to Seller on the six (6) month anniversary of the Closing and (ii) the remaining Escrow Amount will be released to Seller on the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Closing, in each case, reduced first by any amounts that have already been paid in connection with resolved claims or are being reserved for in connection with pending claims, subject to the terms hereof and of the Escrow Agreement; provided, that in the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement, the terms of the Escrow Agreement will control.
               Section 2.13 Non-Assignable Assets.
                    (a) Nothing in this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall be construed as an attempt or agreement to assign any Transferred Asset, including any Contract, Governmental Authorizations, certificate, approval, authorization or other right, which by its terms or by Applicable Law is nonassignable without the consent of a third party or a Governmental Authority or is cancelable by a third party in the event of an assignment (“Nonassignable Assets”) unless and until such consent shall have been obtained. Seller shall, and shall cause its IP Affiliates to, (i) use its or their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain at the earliest practicable date all consents, waivers, approvals and notices that are required to effectuate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including without limitation in connection with the ROM Code related mask works and ROM code related to the Seller Products, as requested by Purchaser 2) and (ii) use its or their commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions to enable and facilitate Purchaser 2’s efforts to effect the transfer and/or assignment of the ROM Code related mask works and ROM code related to the Seller Products to Purchaser 2, including without limitation Purchaser 2’s efforts to obtain consents in connection therewith. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, none of the Purchasers or their respective Affiliates shall be required to pay any amounts in connection with obtaining any consent, waiver or approval. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, in the event consents to the assignment thereof cannot be obtained, such Nonassignable Assets shall be held, as of and from the Closing Date, by Seller or the applicable IP Affiliate of Seller in trust for the applicable Purchaser and the covenants and obligations thereunder shall be performed by the applicable Purchaser in Seller’s or such IP Affiliate’s name and all benefits and obligations existing thereunder shall be for such Purchaser’s account. Seller shall take or cause to be taken at Seller’s expense such actions in its name or otherwise as such Purchaser may reasonably request so as to provide such Purchaser with the benefits of the Nonassignable Assets and to effect collection of money or other consideration that becomes due

25


 

and payable under the Nonassignable Assets, and Seller or the applicable IP Affiliate of Seller shall promptly pay over to such Purchaser all money or other consideration received by it in respect of all Nonassignable Assets. As of and from the Closing Date, Seller on behalf of itself and its IP Affiliates authorizes each Purchaser, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law and the terms of the Nonassignable Assets, at such Purchaser’s expense, to perform all the obligations and receive all the benefits of Seller or its IP Affiliates under the Nonassignable Assets and appoints each Purchaser its attorney-in-fact to act in its name on its behalf or in the name of the applicable IP Affiliate of Seller and on such IP Affiliate’s behalf with respect thereto.
               (b) The Parties acknowledge that the assets of the Indian Subsidiary will not be transferred until debonding takes place in connection with STPI and three (3) new leases in replacement of the Indian Subsidiary Leases are fully executed and delivered by and between the landlord(s) under the Indian Subsidiary Leases and the India Entity (in respect of the Indian Subsidiary’s current premises) (such period being known as the “Transition Period”). During the Transition Period, the Indian Subsidiary shall continue to operate such assets for the benefit of the India Entity as described in clause (a) above and use its commercially reasonable efforts (at its sole cost) to obtain at the earliest practicable date satisfaction of such conditions. During the Transition Period the Indian Subsidiary shall (i) operate its business in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (ii) provide reasonable access and inspection rights to the employees, assets and premises of the Indian Subsidiary, (iii) maintain existing insurance policies in full force and effect and for the benefit of the India Entity, (iv) refrain from placing liens on any assets of the Indian Subsidiary, (v) not terminate any of its employees, (vi) continue to provide the same level of salary and benefits to its existing employees, and (vii) take instructions on the operations of the assets from the India Entity. The India Entity agrees to pay the reasonable costs of operating such assets on behalf of the India Entity, including employee and lease costs, during the Transition Period based on actual costs incurred by the Indian Subsidiary with no added mark-up. The Indian Subsidiary and the India Entity shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make the Transition Period as brief as reasonably practicable. After the Transition Period, the India Entity shall provide reasonable access to its management employees and books and records in order to facilitate the winding down of the affairs of the Indian Subsidiary.
          Section 2.14 Seller Defense of Claims. To the extent related to third party claims for indemnification or in defense of claims made by third parties with respect to an Excluded Liability, from the Closing Date until the applicable statute of limitations, Seller shall have the right to assert in its defense (a) any rights it held under the Transferred Assets or the Sale Business prior to the close of business on the Closing Date for alleged infringements of third parties (other than the Purchasers or their Affiliates) and (b) all warranties and guaranties received from vendors, suppliers or manufacturers prior to the close of business on the Closing Date with respect to the Sale Business.
          Section 2.15 Purchaser Post Closing Liabilities.
               (a) Subject to consummation of the Closing, Purchaser 1 shall bear the burden of and be responsible for all Liabilities, including without limitation Taxes, imposed under or pursuant to Purchaser 1’s ownership, use or operation of the P1 Transferred Assets to the extent such Liabilities solely arise out of the ownership, use or operation by Purchaser 1 of such P1 Transferred Assets for any period (including any portion thereof) commencing after the Closing.

26


 

               (b) Subject to consummation of the Closing, Purchaser 2 shall bear the burden of and be responsible for all Liabilities, including without limitation Taxes, imposed under or pursuant to Purchaser 2’s ownership, use or operation of the P2 Transferred Assets to the extent such Liabilities solely arise out of the ownership, use or operation by Purchaser 2 of such P2 Transferred Assets for any period (including any portion thereof) commencing after the Closing.
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER
          Subject to Section 9.4, except as specifically set forth in the Seller Disclosure Schedule referring by numbered section (and, where applicable, by lettered subsection), Seller represents and warrants to Purchaser that:
          Section 3.1 Corporate Existence and Power.
               (a) Seller is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under Delaware Law and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted. Seller is duly qualified or authorized to do business and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction in which it owns or leases real property and each other jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or the ownership of its properties requires such qualification or authorization, except for those jurisdictions where failure to be so qualified would not reasonably be expected to have a Seller Material Adverse Effect. Seller has delivered to each Purchaser true, complete and correct copies of its certificate of incorporation and by-laws and comparable organizational documents of any Subsidiary engaged in the Sale Business as in effect on the date hereof. Seller has heretofore made available to each Purchaser complete and correct copies of the minutes of all meetings of the Seller Board and each committee of the Seller Board held since January 1, 2006 up through January 15, 2009, subject to redaction of confidential prior discussions relating to (i) the sale of the Sale Business or other assets of Seller,(ii) negotiations with parties to this Agreement and their respective Affiliates or (iii) any threatened lawsuits between Purchaser 2 and Seller.
               (b) The Indian Subsidiary is a company duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of India and has all requisite company power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted. The Indian Subsidiary is duly qualified or authorized to do business and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction in which it owns or leases real property and each other jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or the ownership of its properties requires such qualification or authorization, except for those jurisdictions where failure to be so qualified would not reasonably be expected to have a Seller Material Adverse

27


 

Effect. Seller has delivered to each Purchaser true, complete and correct copies of the Indian Subsidiary’s memorandum and articles of association.
          Section 3.2 Corporate Authorization. Each of Seller and the Indian Subsidiary has all requisite power, authority and legal capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and Seller and each of its Subsidiaries, respectively, has all requisite power, authority and legal capacity to execute and deliver each other agreement, document, or instrument or certificate contemplated by this Agreement or to be executed by Seller or its Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “Seller Documents”), and to perform their respective obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each of the Seller Documents and, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of Seller and each of its Subsidiaries. This Agreement and each of the Seller Documents have been duly and validly executed and delivered by Seller and each of its Subsidiaries which is a party thereto and this Agreement constitutes, and each of the Seller Documents when so executed and delivered will constitute, legal, valid and binding obligations of Seller enforceable against Seller or, as the case may be, each applicable Subsidiary in accordance with their terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium and other similar Applicable Law affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.
          Section 3.3 Governmental Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by Seller and the Indian Subsidiary of this Agreement and by Seller and its Subsidiaries of the Seller Documents, the compliance by Seller and any Subsidiary with any of the provisions hereof and thereof, or the consummation by Seller and the Indian Subsidiary of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not require any material Governmental Authorization or filing with, or notification to, any Governmental Authority, other than (a) compliance with any applicable requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and any other applicable U.S. state or federal securities laws and (b) as set forth on Schedule 3.3 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule.
          Section 3.4 Non-contravention. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.4 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, the execution, delivery and performance by Seller and the Indian Subsidiary of this Agreement or by Seller and its Subsidiaries of the Seller Documents, the compliance by Seller or any Subsidiary with any provisions hereof and thereof, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby do not and will not (a) contravene, conflict with or result in any violation or breach of any provision of the Seller Certificate of Incorporation or the Seller Bylaws or comparable organizational documents of any Subsidiary engaged in the Sale Business as in effect on the date hereof, (b) assuming compliance with the matters referred to in Section 3.3, contravene, conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any material provision of any Applicable Law or Order, (c) require any consent or other action by any Person under, constitute a default, or an event that, with or without notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default under, or cause or permit the termination, cancellation, acceleration or other change of any right or obligation or the loss of any benefit under, any provision of any Material Contract or Government Authorization binding upon Seller or any of its Subsidiaries or relating in any way to the Sale Business or the Transferred Assets, (d) require any consent or other action by any Person under, constitute a default, or an event that,

28


 

with or without notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default under, or cause or permit the termination, cancellation, acceleration or other change of any right or obligation or the loss of any benefit under, any provision of any Order binding upon Seller or any of its Subsidiaries or relating in any way to the Sale Business or the Transferred Assets, or (e) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) on any of the Transferred Assets.
          Section 3.5 SEC Filings and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
               (a) Seller has made available to each Purchaser, through Seller’s filings with the SEC, all of its reports, statements, schedules, registration statements and other documents required to be filed or furnished by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries with the SEC since March 31, 2005 (the documents referred to in this Section 3.5(a), together with all information incorporated by reference therein in accordance with applicable SEC regulations, are collectively referred to in this Agreement as the “Seller SEC Documents”).
               (b) As of its filing date (or, if amended or superseded by a filing prior to the date hereof, on the date of such filing), each Seller SEC Document complied as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act, as the case may be.
               (c) As of its filing date (or, if amended or superseded by a filing prior to the date hereof, on the date of such filing), each Seller SEC Document filed pursuant to the 1934 Act did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
               (d) Seller has made available to each Purchaser copies of all comment letters received by Seller from the SEC since January 1, 2005 relating to the Seller SEC Documents, together with all written responses of Seller thereto. As of the date hereof, there are no outstanding or unresolved comments in any such comment letters received by Seller from the SEC.
               (e) Each required form, report and document containing financial statements that has been filed with or submitted to the SEC by Seller since July 31, 2002 was accompanied by the certifications required to be filed or submitted by Seller’s chief executive officer, acting chief executive officer and/or chief financial officer, as required, pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and, at the time of filing or submission of each such certification, such certification was true and accurate and complied with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
          Section 3.6 Financial Statements; Internal Controls.
               (a) Seller has made available to each Purchaser copies of:
                    (i) the audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited consolidated interim financial statements of Seller included in the Seller SEC Documents and such statements are complete and correct in all material respects, have been prepared

29


 

in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, and fairly present (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto) the consolidated financial position of Seller and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and their consolidated results of operations and cash flows for the periods then ended (except with respect to the unaudited interim financial statements for normal recurring year-end adjustments that, individually or in the aggregate, would not be material);
                    (ii) the Seller Financial Statements and the Indian Subsidiary Financial Statements and such statements are complete and correct in all material respects, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (or with respect to the Indian Subsidiary for the audited balance sheet and statement of income of the Indian Subsidiary and the footnotes thereto for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008, in accordance with India statutory audit requirements and generally accepted accounting principles in India), and fairly present (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto) the consolidated financial position of the Sale Business as of the dates thereof and the consolidated results of operations for the periods then ended (except with respect to the unaudited interim financial statements for normal recurring year-end adjustments that, individually or in the aggregate, would not be material);
                    (iii) the Seller Balance Sheet, which is complete and correct in all material respects, has been prepared in good faith and fairly presents (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto) the consolidated financial position of the Sale Business as of the date thereof; and
                    (iv) the Seller Income Statement, which is complete and correct in all material respects, has been prepared in good faith and fairly presents (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto) the consolidated results of operation of the Sale Business for the period then ended (with a good faith estimate and allocation of the costs and expenses of Seller related to the Sale Business during such period).
               (b) Seller and its Subsidiaries make and keep books, records and accounts which, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of their respective assets. The Seller’s system of internal controls over financial reporting is sufficient in all material respects to provide reasonable assurance (i) that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets, (ii) that receipts and expenditures are executed in accordance with the authorization of management, (iii) that access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization and (iv) regarding prevention or timely detection of the unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the assets of Seller or any Subsidiary that would materially affect Seller’s financial statements. No significant deficiency or material weakness was identified in management’s assessment of internal controls as of March 31, 2008 or in any such assessment conducted since March 31, 2008.
               (c) The financial projections and business plan provided by Seller to each Purchaser prior to the date hereof was reasonably prepared on a basis reflecting the

30


 

management’s best estimates, assumptions and judgments, at the time provided to such Purchaser, as to the future financial performance of the Sale Business.
               (d) Seller’s “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the 1934 Act) are reasonably designed to ensure that (i) all information (both financial and non-financial) required to be disclosed by Seller in the reports that it files or submits under the 1934 Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported to the individuals responsible for preparing such reports within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC and (ii) all such information is accumulated and communicated to Seller’s management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure and to make the certifications of the principal executive officer and principal financial officer of Seller required under the 1934 Act with respect to such reports.
               (e) The audit committee of the Seller Board includes an Audit Committee Financial Expert, as defined by Item 401(h)(2) of Regulation S-K.
               (f) The Seller has adopted a code of ethics, as defined by Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K, for senior financial officers, applicable to its principal financial officer, comptroller or principal accounting officer, or persons performing similar functions. The Seller has promptly disclosed any change in or waiver of Seller’s code of ethics with respect to any such persons, as required by Section 406(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. To the Knowledge of Seller, there have been no violations of provisions of Seller’s code of ethics by any such persons.
          Section 3.7 Absence of Certain Changes. Except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or as set forth in Schedule 3.7 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, since the Balance Sheet Date through the date hereof, (a) the Sale Business has been conducted in the Ordinary Course of Business and (b) there has not been any event, change, development or set of circumstances that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Seller Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, since the Balance Sheet Date through the date hereof:
                    (i) there has not been any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, condemnation or other taking with respect to the Transferred Assets;
                    (ii) neither Seller nor any Subsidiary has awarded or paid any bonuses to any of the Business Employees with respect to the current fiscal year, except to the extent accrued on the Seller Balance Sheet or entered into any employment, deferred compensation, severance or similar agreement (nor amended any such agreement) or agreed to increase the compensation payable or to become payable by it to any of the Business Employees or agreed to increase the coverage or benefits available under any severance pay, termination pay, vacation pay, company awards, salary continuation for disability, sick leave, deferred compensation, bonus or other incentive compensation, insurance, pension or other employee benefit plan, payment or arrangement made to, for or with any of the Business Employees;

31


 

                    (iii) other than as required by Applicable Law, GAAP or SEC requirements, there has not been any change by Seller or any Subsidiary in accounting or Tax reporting principles, methods or policies;
                    (iv) neither Seller nor any of its Subsidiaries has made, changed or revoked any Tax election or settled any controversy with a Taxing Authority if such election or settlement could have an adverse effect on any Purchaser, the Sale Business or the Transferred Assets after the Closing;
                    (v) neither Seller nor any Subsidiary has failed to promptly pay and discharge current liabilities except for liabilities not material in amount that are disputed in good faith by appropriate proceedings;
                    (vi) neither Seller nor any Subsidiary has mortgaged, pledged or subjected to any Lien, or acquired or sold, assigned, transferred, conveyed, leased or otherwise disposed of any assets of Seller or any Subsidiary used or held for use in the Sale Business, except for assets acquired or sold, assigned, transferred, conveyed, leased or otherwise disposed of in the Ordinary Course of Business;
                    (vii) neither Seller nor any Subsidiary has canceled or compromised any debt or claim or amended, modified, canceled, terminated, relinquished, waived or released any Contract or right except in the Ordinary Course of Business and which, in the aggregate, would not be material to the Sale Business;
                    (viii) neither Seller nor any Subsidiary has granted any exclusive license or exclusive sublicense of any rights under or with respect to any Sale Business Intellectual Property or Sale Business Technology; and
                    (ix) neither Seller nor any Subsidiary has agreed, committed, arranged or entered into any understanding to do anything set forth in this Section 3.7.
          Section 3.8 No Undisclosed Material Liabilities. Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.8 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, neither Seller and nor any Subsidiary has any material Liabilities (whether or not required by GAAP to be set forth on a consolidated balance sheet or the notes thereto, if any) relating to the Sale Business, except for (a) those specifically reflected in, fully reserved against or otherwise described in the Seller Balance Sheet or the notes thereto, if any, (b) Liabilities incurred since the Balance Sheet Date in the Ordinary Course of Business that are not material to the Sale Business and (c) Liabilities incurred pursuant to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
          Section 3.9 Litigation. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.9 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, there is no (a) Proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller,

32


 

threatened against Seller or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) Proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened against any of the officers or directors of Seller or any of the Business Employees in their capacity as a Business Employee, (c) Proceeding otherwise involving or affecting the Sale Business or the Transferred Assets, (d) Order involving or affecting the Sale Business or the Transferred Assets, or (e) Proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened against Seller or any of its Subsidiaries that relates to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
          Section 3.10 Compliance with Applicable Law and Orders.
               (a) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.10(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, Seller and each of its Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with all Applicable Laws and Orders applicable to the Transferred Assets and the operations of the Sale Business, and neither Seller nor any of its Subsidiaries has received a written or other notice of or been charged with the violation of, or liability or default under, any Applicable Law or Order. To the Knowledge of Seller, neither Seller nor any of its Subsidiaries is under investigation with respect to the violation of any Applicable Laws.
               (b) Schedule 3.10(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule contains a list of all Governmental Authorizations which are required for the operations of the Sale Business as presently conducted and as presently intended to be conducted, other than those the failure of which to possess is immaterial. Each of Seller and its Subsidiaries has in effect all Governmental Authorizations required for it to own, lease or otherwise hold and to operate the Transferred Assets and to carry on the Sale Business as now conducted and as now intended to be conducted, other than those the failure of which to possess is immaterial. There have occurred no defaults (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) under, violations of, or events giving rise to any right of termination, amendment or cancellation of any such Governmental Authorizations, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, there are no facts or circumstances which could form the basis for any such default or violation. There are no Proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened, relating to the termination, amendment or cancellation of any such Governmental Authorizations. None of such Governmental Authorizations will be impaired or in any way affected by the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
          Section 3.11 Material Contracts. Seller has made available to each Purchaser accurate and complete copies of each of the Material Contracts as of the date hereof (including exhibits, schedules, annexes and in each case, together with all amendments thereto), all of which are listed on Schedule 3.11. Each of the Material Contracts is in full force and effect and is a valid and binding agreement of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, of each other party thereto, enforceable against Seller or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, against the other party or parties thereto, in each case, in accordance with its terms except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium and other similar Applicable Law affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity. Neither Seller nor any Subsidiary is in default under any Material Contract, nor, to the Knowledge of Seller, is any other party to any Material Contract in material breach of or material default thereunder, and no event has occurred that with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute a breach or default by

33


 

Seller, any of its Subsidiaries or, to the Knowledge of Seller, no event has occurred that with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute a material breach or material default of any other party thereunder. No party to any of the Material Contracts has exercised any termination rights with respect thereto, and no such party has given notice of any significant dispute with respect to any Material Contract. Schedule 3.11 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule lists all Contracts (each Contract listed in Schedule 3.11 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, a “Material Contract,” and collectively the “Material Contracts”) relating to the Sale Business to which Seller or any of its Subsidiaries is a party and that are:
               (a) material Contracts entered into by Seller or its Subsidiaries with respect to the Transferred Assets;
               (b) Contracts between Seller, any Subsidiary of Seller or an Affiliate of Seller;
               (c) Contracts with any current or former officer or director, or current 5% or greater stockholder of Seller other than at-will employment offer letters and standard employee confidentiality and invention assignment agreements (the true, correct and complete forms of which have been provided to Purchaser);
               (d) Contracts under which Seller or any of its Subsidiaries has incurred any currently outstanding Indebtedness or currently outstanding loans to any other Person in excess of $20,000;
               (e) Contracts providing for severance, retention, change in control or other similar payments that relate to the Business Employees;
               (f) Contracts establishing any joint venture, partnership, strategic alliance, sharing of profits or other material collaboration;
               (g) Contracts that limit, or purport to limit, the ability of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries to, compete in any line of business or with any Person or in any geographic area or during any period of time or that require Seller or any of its Subsidiaries to deal exclusively with a given Person in respect of a given matter;
               (h) Contracts for the sale of any Transferred Asset or the grant of any preferential rights to purchase any Transferred Asset or requiring the consent of any party to the transfer thereof;
               (i) Contracts related to an acquisition or sale of assets or other acquisition, divestiture, merger or similar transaction, in each case, involving consideration in excess of $100,000 and containing representations, covenants, indemnities or other obligations that are still in effect;
               (j) Contracts relating to the incurrence, assumption or guarantee of any Liability or imposing a Lien other than Permitted Liens on any of the Transferred Assets, including indentures, guarantees, loan or credit agreements, sale and leaseback agreements,

34


 

purchase money obligations incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, mortgages, pledge agreements, security agreements, or conditional sale or title retention agreements;
               (k) Contracts (or any group of related contracts) resulting in revenues or receipts to Seller and the Subsidiaries in excess of $100,000 annually or in the aggregate;
               (l) Contracts (or any group of related contracts) resulting in expenditures or payment obligations of more than $100,000 annually or in the aggregate;
               (m) Intellectual Property Licenses or any other Contracts relating to any Intellectual Property Rights or Technology (excluding licenses pertaining to “off-the-shelf” commercially available Software used pursuant to shrink-wrap, click-through or similar non-exclusive, license agreements on commercially reasonable terms for a license fee of no more than $20,000 (“Off-the-Shelf Software Licenses”);
               (n) Contracts (i) with material suppliers, distributors or sales representatives, or (ii) providing for the manufacture of Seller Products;
               (o) material Contracts with independent contractors or consultants (or similar arrangements) that are not cancelable without penalty or further payment and without more than 30 days’ notice; and
               (p) other Contracts in effect as of the date of this Agreement to which Seller or any of its Subsidiaries is a party and that are material to the conduct of the Sale Business, or the use or operation of the Transferred Assets, as presently conducted or as presently intended to be conducted.
          Section 3.12 Taxes
               (a) All material Tax Returns relating to the Transferred Assets that are required by Applicable Law to be filed with any Taxing Authority by, or on behalf of, Seller or any of its Affiliates have been timely filed in respect of any taxable period commencing on or after January 1, 2006 (taking into account any extensions) and all such Tax Returns as they relate to the Transferred Assets are true and complete in all material respects.
               (b) Each of Seller and its Affiliates has paid (or has had paid on its behalf) or has withheld and remitted to the appropriate Taxing Authority all material Taxes relating to the Transferred Assets in respect of any taxable period commencing on or after January 1, 2006.
               (c) None of the Transferred Assets are subject to any Liens in respect of Taxes other than Permitted Liens.
               (d) None of the Transferred Assets are the subject of any material Tax audit being conducted by a Taxing Authority and no material deficiencies related to the Transferred Assets have been previously asserted that remain unresolved.

35


 

               (e) No material claim has been made by a Taxing Authority in a jurisdiction in which Seller or any Affiliate does not currently file a Tax Return with respect to the Transferred Assets such that Seller or such Affiliate is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction that has not been previously resolved.
               (f) “Tax” means (i) any tax, governmental fee or other like assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever (including withholding on amounts paid to or by any Person), together with any interest, penalty, addition to tax or additional amount imposed by any Governmental Authority (a “Taxing Authority”) responsible for the imposition of any such tax, and (ii) any liability in respect of any items described in clause (i) payable by reason of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6(a), (or any similar state or local provision under the law). “Tax Return” means any report, return, document, declaration or other information or filing required to be filed with any Taxing Authority with respect to Taxes, including information returns.
          Section 3.13 Employee Benefit Plans.
               (a) A complete list of all U.S. Employee Benefit Plans and Non-U.S. Employee Benefit Plans that provide benefit coverage to Business Employees or Indian Subsidiary Employees is contained in Schedule 3.13(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule. Seller has made available to each Purchaser a copy (or, with respect to any unwritten arrangement, a description) of each material U.S. Employee Benefit Plan and Non-U.S. Employee Benefit Plan that provides benefit coverage to Business Employees or Indian Subsidiary Employees, the latest summary plan description and the most recent IRS determination letter, if applicable (each of which is listed on Schedule 3.13(a)).
               (b) Each U.S. Employee Benefit Plan and Non-U.S. Employee Benefit Plan listed in Schedule 3.13(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule is and has been maintained in material compliance with its terms and the provisions of all Applicable Laws, including ERISA, the Code, the Gratuity Act and the Provident Funds Act. Within the six (6) years preceding the date hereof, none of Seller nor any ERISA Affiliate has ever sponsored, maintained or been obligated to contribute to an “employee pension benefit plan” subject to Title IV of ERISA or the minimum funding requirements of Section 412 of the Code. None of Seller or any ERISA Affiliate has maintained or incurred any liability with respect to any “multiemployer plan” (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA).
               (c) Except as required by Applicable Law, there are no U.S. Employee Benefit Plans or Non-U.S. Employee Benefit Plans as to which any Purchaser or any of Purchaser’s Affiliates will be required to make any contributions or with respect to which any Purchaser or any of such Purchaser’s Affiliates shall have any obligation or liability whatsoever.
               (d) Solely with respect to Business Employees, Indian Subsidiary Employees and independent contractors or groups of employees or independent contractors of the Sale Business (the “Sale Business Service Providers”), and except as set forth in Schedule 3.13(d) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (either alone or in combination with any other event) (i) will result in any payment becoming due, increase the amount of any

36


 

payment, or accelerate the timing, funding or vesting of any payment to any of the Sale Business Service Providers or (ii) is reasonably expected to result in the imposition of any excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code or the denial of any deduction under Section 280G of the Code.
          Section 3.14 Labor and Employment Matters. Schedule 3.14 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule contains a complete list of all Business Employees, including a specific identification of the entity that employs them, listing the title or position held, work location, base salary, any commissions or other compensation payable to such employees (including accrued vacation time) and leave status (if applicable). Except as set forth on Schedule 3.14 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, neither Seller nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to or obligated under any employment, or consulting or other arrangement entered into or maintained for the benefit of its current or former employees, temporary or leased workers or independent contractors related to the Sale Business. Seller has made available to each Purchaser a true and correct copy of each employment related agreement of the Business Employees listed on Schedule 3.14 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule. Each Business Employee, independent contractor and temporary or leased worker has been properly classified for employment tax and employee benefit plan purposes. Seller and each of its IP Affiliates is and has been in material compliance with all Applicable Laws relating to employment, including all such Applicable Laws relating to wages, hours, collective bargaining, discrimination, pay equity, employment equity, civil rights, social insurance, retirement, pension, safety and health and workers’ compensation (including workplace safety and insurance). The Indian Subsidiary has paid (or has had paid on its behalf) or has withheld and remitted to the appropriate Governmental Authority all amounts owed or owing under the Provident Funds Act and the Gratuity Act. The aggregate amount of all outstanding loans owed by the Indian Subsidiary Employees to the Indian Subsidiary and all compensation advances to the Indian Subsidiary Employees do not exceed $10,000. No Business Employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement or similar arrangement. No labor union or other collective bargaining unit represents or claims to represent any of the Business Employees. There are no union campaigns being conducted or, to Seller’s Knowledge, threatened with respect to Business Employees.
          Section 3.15 Intellectual Property Rights and Technology.
               (a) Schedule 3.15(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule sets forth an accurate and complete list of all Registered IP and material unregistered Marks included in the Sale Business Intellectual Property. Schedule 3.15(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule lists (i) the record owner of each such item of Registered IP, and, if different from the record owner, the beneficial owner of such item of Registered IP, (ii) the jurisdiction in which each such item of Registered IP has been issued or registered or in which any such application for issuance or registration has been filed, as applicable, and (iii) the date and number of each such issuance, registration or application, as applicable.
               (b) Seller or one of its IP Affiliates is the sole and exclusive owner of all right, title and interest in and to all Registered IP free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens). Seller or one of its IP Affiliates (i) is the sole and exclusive owner of all Sale Business Intellectual Property and Sale Business Technology and all Seller Licensed Intellectual Property and Technology (excluding Third Party Intellectual Property and Technology and Open Source included in the Seller Licensed Intellectual Property and Technology) free and clear of all

37


 

Liens (other than Permitted Liens), and (ii) has valid and continuing rights (pursuant to written Inbound Intellectual Property Licenses) to use and otherwise exploit all Third Party Intellectual Property and Technology as the same is used and otherwise exploited by Seller or any of its IP Affiliates in the Sale Business as presently conducted. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, the Sale Business Intellectual Property and Sale Business Technology, together with the Seller Licensed Intellectual Property and Technology and the Third Party Intellectual Property and Technology licensed to Seller or any of its IP Affiliates under the Inbound Intellectual Property Licenses, include all of the Intellectual Property Rights and Technology necessary and sufficient to enable Seller and its IP Affiliates to conduct the Sale Business in the manner in which the Sale Business is currently being conducted. The Sale Business Intellectual Property and the Seller Licensed Intellectual Property and Technology are subsisting. The material Copyrights (excluding any applications for registration therefor) and Trade Secrets included in the Sale Business Intellectual Property or the Seller Licensed Intellectual Property and Technology owned by Seller or an IP Affiliate are valid and enforceable. To the Knowledge of the Seller, all other Patents, Marks, Copyrights, Mask Works and Trade Secrets included in the Sale Business Intellectual Property and Seller Licensed Intellectual Property and Technology (excluding any applications for issuance or registration included in the Registered IP) owned by Seller or an IP Affiliate are valid and enforceable.
               (c) None of the following infringes, constitutes or results from an unauthorized use or misappropriation of, or violates any Intellectual Property Rights, Technology or other proprietary rights of any Person or constitutes unfair competition or trade practices under Applicable Law: (i) the Sale Business Intellectual Property, Sale Business Technology or Seller Licensed Intellectual Property and Technology that is owned by Seller or any of its IP Affiliates, (ii) the development, manufacturing, licensing, marketing, importation, exportation, reproduction, modification, adaptation, creation of any derivative works of, performance, display, offer for sale, sale, use or other exploitation of any Seller Products, Sale Business Intellectual Property, Sale Business Technology or Seller Licensed Intellectual Property and Technology that is owned by Seller or any of its IP Affiliates with respect to and in connection with the Sale Business as presently conducted, (iii) the present Sale Business practices, methods or operations employed by Seller or any of its IP Affiliates or (iv) to the Knowledge of the Seller, the Third Party Intellectual Property and Technology material to the Sale Business as presently conducted.
               (d) To the Knowledge of Seller, no Person is infringing, misappropriating or violating, or since May 1, 2002, has infringed, misappropriated or violated, any Third Party Intellectual Property and Technology exclusively licensed to Seller or any of its IP Affiliates or any Sale Business Intellectual Property, Sale Business Technology or Seller Licensed Intellectual Property and Technology that is owned by Seller or any of its IP Affiliates. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15(d) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, since May 1, 2002, no written claims or, to the Knowledge of Seller, unwritten claims have been made against any Person by Seller or any of its IP Affiliates alleging that any Person is infringing, misappropriating or violating, or has infringed, misappropriated or violated or any Third Party Intellectual Property and Technology exclusively licensed to Seller or any of its IP Affiliates or any Sale Business Intellectual Property or Sale Business Technology.

38


 

               (e) As of the date hereof, neither Seller nor any of its IP Affiliates is the subject of any pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened claim or Proceeding (i) involving an allegation by any Person of infringement, misappropriation or violation of any Intellectual Property Rights, Technology or other rights against Seller or any of its IP Affiliates in connection with the Sale Business or (ii) challenging the ownership, use, validity or enforceability of any Sale Business Intellectual Property, Sale Business Technology, Seller Licensed Intellectual Property and Technology or Third Party Intellectual Property and Technology. Since May 1, 2002, neither Seller nor any of its IP Affiliates has received written (including by electronic mail) notice of any such threatened claim or any written invitation to take a license to any Intellectual Property Rights or Technology of any Person in connection with the Sale Business. To the Knowledge of Seller, neither Seller nor any of its IP Affiliates is aware of any basis for any such claim.
               (f) No Trade Secret or confidential Mask Work included in the Sale Business Intellectual Property has been authorized to be disclosed or has been actually disclosed by Seller or any of its IP Affiliates to any employee or any other Person other than pursuant to a written non-disclosure agreement, license agreement or other similar agreement restricting the disclosure and use thereof. Seller and its IP Affiliates have taken commercially reasonable security measures to protect the confidentiality of all Trade Secrets and confidential Mask Works owned by Seller and its IP Affiliates (and any confidential information owned by a third Person to whom Seller or any of its IP Affiliates has a confidentiality obligation). Each current and former employee, consultant and independent contractor of Seller and/or any of its IP Affiliates that has been or is engaged in the creation or development of any of the Sale Business Intellectual Property, Sale Business Technology or Seller Products has entered into a written non-disclosure and invention assignment agreement with Seller and/or such IP Affiliate, as applicable, in a form made available to each Purchaser prior to the date hereof, copies of which are attached hereto as Schedule 3.15(f). To the Knowledge of Seller, no employee, consultant or independent contractor of Seller or any of its IP Affiliates is in material violation of any employment Contract with Seller or any other Contract with Seller, or any restrictive covenant, with respect to the right to use Trade Secrets of Seller or any of its IP Affiliates used in the Sale Business. As of six (6) months until the date hereof, no employee, consultant or independent contractor of Seller or any of its IP Affiliates is in material violation of any employment Contract with Seller or any other Contract with Seller, or any restrictive covenant, with respect to the right to use the material Trade Secrets in the ZBase Database of Seller or any of its IP Affiliates used in the Sale Business.
               (g) Except for Inbound Intellectual Property Licenses and Open Source, all Sale Business Intellectual Property, Sale Business Technology, Seller Licensed Intellectual Property and Technology owned by Seller or any of its IP Affiliates that is necessary to the conduct of the Sale Business as presently conducted by Seller and such IP Affiliate was (i) created by employees of Seller or one of its IP Affiliates acting within the scope of their employment who have irrevocably assigned all of their rights, including Intellectual Property Rights therein, to Seller or one of its IP Affiliates, subject to any rights that may be reserved to the author by Applicable Law, or (ii) validly and irrevocably assigned to Seller or one of its IP Affiliates by other Persons, and except as set forth in Schedule 3.15(g) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule and subject to any rights that may be reserved to the author by Applicable Law, no

39


 

other Person (except IP Affiliates) owns or has any rights to any portion of such Intellectual Property Rights (other than Outbound Intellectual Property Licenses).
               (h) Schedule 3.15(h) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and accurate list of (i) all Software developed by or for Seller or any of its IP Affiliates and included in the Sale Business Technology (“Seller Software”) and (ii) all Software not owned by Seller or any of its IP Affiliates and incorporated, embedded or bundled with any Seller Software (excluding such Software licensed to Seller under an Off-the-Shelf Software License), specifying whether such Software falls under subclause (i) or subclause (ii) above.
               (i) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15(i) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, neither Seller nor any of its IP Affiliates has licensed or provided to any other Person, or otherwise permitted any other Person to access or use, any source code or source code documentation for any Seller Software. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15(i) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, neither Seller nor any of its IP Affiliates is currently a party to any source code escrow Contract or any other Contract (or a party to any Contract obligating Seller or any of its IP Affiliates to enter into a source code escrow Contract or other Contract) requiring the deposit of source code or source code documentation for any Seller Software with any other Person.
               (j) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15(j) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, no Open Source (as defined below) (i) forms part of any Sale Business Intellectual Property, Sale Business Technology or Seller Licensed Intellectual Property and Technology, (ii) was or is incorporated in whole or in part in, or has been or is distributed in whole or in part in conjunction with, any Seller Software or Seller Product or (iii) was or is used in connection with the development of any Seller Software, Seller Product, Sale Business Intellectual Property, Sale Business Technology or Seller Licensed Intellectual Property and Technology, in the case of each of the foregoing subclauses (i), (ii) and (iii), in a manner that requires or obligates Seller or any of its IP Affiliates to make available, disclose, contribute, distribute or license any source code for any Seller Software, Seller Product, Sale Business Intellectual Property, Sale Business Technology or Seller Licensed Intellectual Property and Technology (or any portion thereof) to any Person (including the Open Source community). To the Knowledge of Seller, neither Seller nor any of its IP Affiliates is in breach of any of the material terms of any Open Source Contract. “Open Source” means any Software that contains, or is derived in any manner (in whole or in part) from, any Software that is distributed as free Software, open source Software or “shareware” or under similar licensing or distribution models, including Software licensed or distributed under any of the following licenses or distribution models, or licenses or distribution models similar to any of the following: GNU’s General Public License or Lesser/Library GPL, the Artistic License, the Mozilla Public License, the Netscape Public License, the Sun Community Source License, the Sun Industry Standards License, the BSD License, the Apache License, the QT Free Edition License, the IBM Public License, BitKeeper, the XML Soap Library, MIT/X or the Thai Open License.
               (k) Except with respect to Off-the-Shelf Software Licenses and except pursuant to the Intellectual Property Licenses listed in Schedule 3.11(m) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, neither Seller nor any of its IP Affiliates is required, obligated or under any liability whatsoever to make any payments by way of royalties, fees or otherwise, or to provide any other

40


 

consideration of any kind, to any owner or licensor of, or other claimant to, any Intellectual Property Rights or Technology, or any other Person, with respect to the use of such Intellectual Property Rights or Technology or in connection with the conduct of the Sale Business as presently conducted.
               (l) All necessary registration, maintenance, renewal and other relevant filing fees in connection with the Registered IP have been timely paid, and all necessary documents, certificates and other relevant filings in connection with the Registered IP have been timely filed, with the relevant Governmental Authorities and Internet domain name registrars in the United States or foreign or international jurisdictions, as the case may be, for the purpose of maintaining such Registered IP and all issuances, registrations and applications therefor. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15(l) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, there are no annuities, payments, fees, responses to office actions or other filings required to be made and having a due date with respect to any Registered IP within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of this Agreement. No registration obtained by Seller or any of its IP Affiliates for any Intellectual Property Rights related to the Sale Business has been cancelled, abandoned or not renewed except where Seller or its relevant IP Affiliate has, in its reasonable business judgment, decided to cancel, abandon or not renew such registration.
               (m) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15(m) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule and except with respect to Seller’s obligations arising under any Standard Outbound Intellectual Property Licenses, neither Seller nor any of its IP Affiliates has entered into any Contract to indemnify any other Person against any claim that any of the Sale Business Intellectual Property, Sale Business Technology or Seller Products infringes, constitutes or results from an unauthorized use or misappropriation of, or violates any Intellectual Property Rights, Technology or other proprietary rights of any other Person.
               (n) No government funding and no facilities of a university, college, other educational institution or research center were used in the development of any Sale Business Intellectual Property or Sale Business Technology or any Seller Licensed Intellectual Property and Technology licensed to Purchaser 1 or Purchaser 2 on an exclusive basis where, as a result of such funding or the use of such facilities, the government or any university, college, other educational institution or research center has any rights in such Intellectual Property Rights or Technology. To the Knowledge of Seller, no current or former employee, consultant or independent contractor of Seller or any of its IP Affiliates who contributed to the creation or development of any Sale Business Intellectual Property or Sale Business Technology or any Seller Licensed Intellectual Property and Technology licensed to Purchaser 1 or Purchaser 2 on an exclusive basis has performed services for the government or a university, college, other educational institution or research center during a period of time during which such employee, consultant or independent contractor was also performing services for Seller or any of its IP Affiliates.
               (o) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15(o) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not encumber or extinguish, or result in the loss or impairment of the right of any Purchaser, as applicable, to own or use, any Sale Business Intellectual Property, Sale Business Technology, Seller Licensed

41


 

Intellectual Property and Technology or Third Party Intellectual Property and Technology (other than Off-the-Shelf Software Licenses).
               (p) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15(p) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, neither this Agreement nor any transaction contemplated by this Agreement will result in the grant by Seller or any of its IP Affiliates (or, to the Knowledge of Seller, any Person) to any Person of any ownership interest, license, Lien, right or protection from any Proceeding with respect to any Sale Business Intellectual Property or Sale Business Technology or in any Purchaser being bound by or subject to any non-compete or other restriction on the operation of the Sale Business, pursuant to any Contract to which Seller or any of its IP Affiliates is a party or by which any assets or properties of Seller or any of its IP Affiliates is bound.
               (q) Schedule 1.1(b) contains a true and complete list of all current versions of Seller Products.
               (r) Each of Seller and its IP Affiliates has established privacy compliance policies and is in compliance with, and has been in compliance with for the five (5) year period prior to the date hereof, its respective privacy policies and any Applicable Laws relating to personal identifiable information. A copy of each such privacy policy has been provided to Purchaser prior to the date hereof.
               (s) For the five (5) years preceding the date hereof, to the Knowledge of Seller, there has been no unauthorized use or access to any IT Systems included in the Transferred Assets (or any data or information stored thereon that is material to the Sale Business).
               (t) No Affiliate of Seller, other than an IP Affiliate, has any rights in or to any P1 Transferred Assets or P2 Transferred Assets, other than pursuant to Standard Outbound Intellectual Property Licenses. Neither Seller nor any IP Affiliate has entered into an Outbound Intellectual Property License or other Contract with Philips Consumer Electronics International B.V. (“Philips”) or any Affiliate thereof (collectively, the “Philips Licenses”) authorizing Philips or any Affiliate of Philips to use the ZBASE Database (including any part, portion or derivative thereof) on any microcontroller that is not proprietary to Seller or an IP Affiliate; nor will the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement result in an extension of the rights granted under the Philips Licenses to include use of the ZBASE Database (including any part, portion or derivative thereof) on any other Third-Party microcontroller.
          Section 3.16 Related Party Transactions. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.16 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, no Business Employee of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries, (a) owes any amount to Seller or any of its Subsidiaries nor does Seller or any of its Subsidiaries owe any amount to, or has Seller or any of its Subsidiaries committed to make any loan or extend or guarantee credit to or for the benefit of, any such Person except in the Ordinary Course of Business, (b) is involved in any business arrangement or other relationship with Seller or any of its Subsidiaries (whether written or oral) other than as appropriate in the capacity as a Business Employee or (c) owns any property or right, tangible or intangible, that is used by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries in the Sale Business.

42


 

          Section 3.17 Finders’ Fees. No investment banker, broker or finder that has been retained by or is authorized to act on behalf of Seller is entitled to any fee or commission from Seller in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby that is or will become an Assumed Liability or will otherwise be payable by any Purchaser.
          Section 3.18 Opinion of Financial Advisor. The Seller Board has received the opinion of Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., financial advisor to Seller, to the effect that, subject to the assumptions, qualifications and limitations set forth therein, as of the date of such opinion, the consideration to be received by Seller pursuant to this Agreement is fair from a financial point of view to Seller.
          Section 3.19 Assets Other than Real Property Interests; Sufficiency.
               (a) All Transferred Assets, including machinery and equipment, owned, leased or otherwise used by Seller or its Subsidiaries are in good operating condition, maintenance and repair and are suitable and adequate for the uses to which they are being put. Schedule 3.19(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule sets forth all leases of personal property involving annual payments in excess of $20,000 used in the Sale Business. Seller has delivered to Purchaser true, correct and complete copies of all such leases, together with all amendments, modifications or supplements thereto. Each of such leases is in full force and effect and neither Seller nor any Subsidiary has received or given any notice of any default or event that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default by Seller or any Subsidiary under any of such leases and, to the Knowledge of Seller, no other party is in default thereof, and no party to such leases has exercised any termination rights with respect thereto.
               (b) Seller and its Subsidiaries have good, valid and marketable title to all of the Transferred Assets, in each case free and clear of all Liens except Permitted Liens. Upon the Closing, each Purchaser will have good and transferable title to its respective Transferred Assets, free and clear of any Liens except Permitted Liens.
               (c) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.19(c) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, the Transferred Assets, together with the services to be provided under the Transition Services Agreement, comprise all of the assets necessary for the conduct of the Sale Business and are sufficient for the Purchasers to conduct the Sale Business from and after the Closing Date.
          Section 3.20 Inventories Transferred. The inventories of Seller and its Subsidiaries used or held for use in the Sale Business are in good and marketable condition, and are saleable in the Ordinary Course of Business. The inventories of Seller and its Subsidiaries set forth in the Seller Balance Sheet were valued at the lower of cost (on a FIFO/LIFO basis) or market and were properly stated therein in accordance with GAAP consistently applied. Adequate reserves have been reflected in the Seller Balance Sheet for obsolete, excess, damaged, slow-moving or otherwise unusable inventory, which reserves were calculated in a manner consistent with past practice and in accordance with GAAP consistently applied. The inventories of Seller and its Subsidiaries constitute sufficient quantities for the normal operation of business in accordance with past practice.

43


 

          Section 3.21 Product Warranty. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.21 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, Seller Product sold or delivered by Seller or any of the Subsidiaries in conducting the Sale Business has been in conformity with all product specifications and all express and implied warranties and in material compliance with all Applicable Laws. Neither Seller nor any Subsidiary has sold any products or delivered any services within the last two (2) years with respect to the Sale Business that included a warranty for a period of longer than two (2) years. Set forth on Schedule 3.21 is the approximate warranty expenses for Seller Products and the approximate product returns from distributors during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008.
          Section 3.22 Customers and Suppliers.
               (a) Schedule 3.22(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of the ten largest customers and the five largest suppliers of Seller and its Subsidiaries with respect to the Sale Business, as measured by the dollar amount of purchases therefrom or thereby, during the period between April 1, 2008 and December 31, 2008, showing the approximate total sales by Seller and its Subsidiaries to each such customer and the approximate total purchases by Seller and its Subsidiaries from each such supplier, during such period.
               (b) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.22(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, since the Balance Sheet Date until the date hereof, (i) no customer or supplier listed on Schedule 3.22(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule has terminated its relationship with Seller or any of its Subsidiaries or materially reduced or materially changed the pricing or other terms of its business with Seller or any of its Subsidiaries and, (ii) to the Knowledge of Seller, no customer or supplier listed on Schedule 3.22(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule has notified Seller or its Subsidiaries that it intends to terminate or materially reduce or materially change the pricing or other terms of its business with Seller or any of its Subsidiaries.
          Section 3.23 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act Compliance. Neither Seller nor any Subsidiary nor, to Seller’s Knowledge, any director, officer, agent, employee or other authorized Person acting on behalf of Seller or any Subsidiary, has (a) violated any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, (b) used any corporate or other funds for unlawful contributions, payments, gifts, or entertainment, or made any unlawful expenditures relating to political activity to foreign or domestic government officials, employees or others or established or maintained any unlawful or unrecorded funds in violation of Section 30A of the 1934 Act, (c) accepted or received any unlawful contributions, payments, gifts or expenditures, or (d) made, offered or authorized any unlawful bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other similar unlawful payment.
          Section 3.24 Import and Export Control Laws. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.24 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, Seller and its Subsidiaries have with respect to the Sale Business, at all times as to which the applicable statute of limitations has not yet expired, conducted their import and export transactions materially in accordance with (a) all applicable U.S. import, export and re-export controls, including the Export Administration Act of 1979, as amended, and the Export Administration Regulations and the economic sanctions regulations implemented by the Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulations and (b) all other applicable

44


 

import/export controls in other countries in which Seller or any of its Subsidiaries conducts business. Without limiting the foregoing with respect to the Sale Business:
               (a) Seller and its Subsidiaries have obtained, and are in compliance with, all export licenses, license exceptions and other consents, notices, approvals, orders, authorizations, declarations, classifications and filings with any U.S. Governmental Authority required for (i) the export and re-export of products, services and Technology and (ii) releases of Technology to foreign nationals located in the United States and abroad (“Export Approvals”);
               (b) there are no pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened claims against Seller or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to such Export Approvals;
               (c) to the Knowledge of Seller, there are no actions, conditions or circumstances pertaining to Seller’s or any Subsidiary’s import or export transactions that may give rise to any future claims;
               (d) no Export Approvals with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby are required;
               (e) neither Seller, nor any Subsidiary is a party to any Contract or bid with, or has conducted business with (directly or, to the Knowledge of Seller, indirectly), any Person located in, or otherwise has any operations in Cuba, Myanmar (Burma), Iran, North Korea, Libya, Syria or Sudan;
               (f) Seller and its Subsidiaries have not received written notice from a Governmental Authority claiming or alleging that Seller or any Subsidiary was not in compliance with any Applicable Laws relating to the export of goods and services to any foreign jurisdiction against which the United States or the United Nations maintains sanctions or export controls, including applicable regulations of the United States Department of Commerce and the United States Department of State; and
               (g) neither Seller nor any Subsidiary has made any voluntary disclosures to, or has been subject to any fines, penalties or sanctions from, any Governmental Authority regarding any past import or export control violations.
          Section 3.25 Insurance Policies. All insurance policies and fidelity bonds covering the Indian Subsidiary or relating specifically to the Indian Subsidiary, its assets, business, operations or employees (collectively, the “Insurance Policies”) or renewals thereof are in full force and effect (a) for such amounts as are sufficient for all requirements of Applicable Law and all agreements to which Seller or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which it is bound and (b) which are in such amounts, with such deductibles and against such risks and losses, as reasonable for the Indian Subsidiary or its assets, business, operations or employees. Set forth in Schedule 3.25 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule is a list of all Insurance Policies held by or applicable to the Indian Subsidiary setting forth, in respect of each such Insurance Policy, the policy name, policy number, carrier, term, type and amount of coverage and annual premium. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.25 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, there is no claim by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries pending under any of such Insurance Policies and no claim under any such Insurance Policies by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries has

45


 

been questioned, denied or disputed by the underwriters of such policies or bonds. All premiums due and payable under all Insurance Policies have been paid when due, and Seller and its Subsidiaries are otherwise in material compliance with the terms of such Insurance Policies. To the Knowledge of Seller, no event has occurred which limits or impairs the rights of Seller or any of the Subsidiaries under any such Insurance Policies. The Seller is not aware of any threatened termination of, or material premium increase (other than with respect to customary annual premium increases) with respect to, or material alteration of coverage under, any Insurance Policy.
          Section 3.26 Real Property Interests.
               (a) Schedule 3.26 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule contains a true, correct and complete list of all real property in which Indian Subsidiary has a leasehold interest (the “Indian Subsidiary Leased Real Property”), together with a list of all lease agreements (including all amendments, extensions, renewals, guaranties and other agreements with respect thereto) for each Indian Subsidiary Leased Real Property (each a “Indian Subsidiary Lease”). Each Indian Subsidiary Lease is legal, valid, binding, enforceable and in full force and effect and represents the entire agreement between the landlord and Seller with respect to such property. Neither Seller nor, to the Knowledge of Seller, any other party to such lease is in breach of or default under the Seller Lease, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a violation under the Seller Lease. The Transferred Assets include no other real property interest of any kind.
               (b) With respect to the Indian Subsidiary Leased Property, (i) the rent and all other sums payable under each Indian Subsidiary Lease have been paid to date, (ii) no security deposit or portion thereof deposited with respect to such Indian Subsidiary Lease has been applied in respect of a breach or default under such Indian Subsidiary Lease which has not been redeposited in full, (iii) all covenants and conditions contained in such Indian Subsidiary Lease or in any license, consent or other document entered into supplemental to such Indian Subsidiary Lease, on the part of the tenant and the landlord have been observed and performed to date and (iv) no breaches have been waived or acquiesced in and there are no rent reviews outstanding or exercisable by the lessor from a date prior to the Closing Date.
               (c) There are no contracts, written or oral, to which Indian Subsidiary is a party, granting to any party or parties the right of use or occupancy of any portion of the parcels of the Indian Subsidiary Real Property.
               (d) The Indian Subsidiary has not assigned, subleased, mortgaged, deeded in trust or otherwise transferred or encumbered any Indian Subsidiary Leased Property or any interest therein and there are no parties (other than Indian Subsidiary) in possession of the Indian Subsidiary Leased Property..
               (e) There are no outstanding disputes, claims, actions, demands or complaints in respect of any Indian Subsidiary Leased Property.
               (f) Neither the Indian Subsidiary nor any other party to any Indian Subsidiary Lease is in breach or default under such Indian Subsidiary Lease and there are no

46


 

existing facts or conditions, which, with the giving of notice, the passage of time or both are reasonably likely to give rise to any such breach or default, or any claim against Indian Subsidiary or any other party to any Indian Subsidiary Lease other than the consent of the landlord of any Subsidiary Lease required in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
               (g) No event has occurred or circumstance exists which, with the delivery of notice, passage of time or both, would constitute a breach or default under any Indian Subsidiary Lease by Indian Subsidiary or any other party to any Indian Subsidiary Lease, or permit the termination, modification or acceleration of rent under such Indian Subsidiary Lease other than the consent of the landlord of any Subsidiary Lease required in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
               (h) There are no forbearance programs in effect with respect to any Indian Subsidiary Lease.
               (i) All of the improvements situated in whole or in part on any Indian Subsidiary Leased Property are in operating condition, and a state of maintenance and repair consistent with industry standards, and are usable, adequate and sufficient for the uses to which they are put in the business and operations of Indian Subsidiary, normal wear and tear excepted.
          Section 3.27 Retained Business. Seller has no current intent to sell, transfer or dispose of any material portion of the Excluded Assets after the Closing Date.
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASERS
          Each Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to Seller, on its own behalf only (except that Purchaser 2 Parent also represents and warrants on behalf of Purchaser 2), that:
          Section 4.1 Corporate Existence and Power. Such Purchaser is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under Delaware Law and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted.
          Section 4.2 Corporate Authorization. Such Purchaser has all requisite power, authority and legal capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and each other agreement, document, or instrument or certificate contemplated by this Agreement or to be executed by such Purchaser in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “Purchasers Documents”), to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each of the Purchaser Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of such Purchaser. This Agreement has been, and each of the Purchaser Documents will be at or prior to the Closing, duly and validly executed and delivered by such Purchaser and this

47


 

Agreement constitutes, and each of the Purchaser Documents when so executed and delivered will constitute, legal, valid and binding obligations of such Purchaser enforceable against such Purchaser in accordance with their terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium and other similar Applicable Law affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.
          Section 4.3 Governmental Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by such Purchaser of this Agreement or the Purchaser Documents, the compliance by such Purchaser with any of the provisions hereof and thereof, or the consummation by such Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not require any material Governmental Authorization or filing with, or notification to, any Governmental Authority, other than compliance with any applicable requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and any other U.S. state or federal securities laws.
          Section 4.4 Non-contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by such Purchaser of this Agreement or the Purchaser Documents, the compliance by such Purchaser with any provisions hereof and thereof, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby do not and will not (a) contravene, conflict with, or result in any violation or breach of any provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of such Purchaser, (b) assuming compliance with the matters referred to in Section 4.3, contravene, conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any material provision of any Applicable Law or Order, or (c) require any consent or other action by any Person under, constitute a default under, or cause or permit the termination, cancellation, acceleration or other change of any right or obligation or the loss of any benefit to which such Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries is entitled under, any provision of any agreement or other instrument binding upon such Purchaser, with such exceptions, in the case of each of clauses (b) and (c) above, as would not reasonably be expected to prevent, materially delay or materially impair such Purchaser’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
          Section 4.5 Litigation. There is no Proceeding pending against or, to the Knowledge of such Purchaser, threatened against or affecting, such Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to prevent, materially delay or materially impair such Purchaser’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Neither such Purchaser nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to any Order against such Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries or naming such Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries as a party that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to prevent, materially delay or materially impair such Purchaser’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
ARTICLE V
COVENANTS OF SELLER AND PURCHASERS
          Section 5.1 Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation; Confidentiality.

48


 

               (a) For a period from the date hereof until the fourth (4th) anniversary of the Closing Date, Seller shall not and shall cause its Subsidiaries and successors (including successors of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries or any assignee or purchaser of the Atlas Product Line or any material portion thereof) not to engage in a Restricted Business; provided, however, that the restrictions contained in this Section 5.1(a) shall not restrict the acquisition by Seller, directly or indirectly, of less than 2% of the outstanding capital stock of any publicly traded company engaged in a Restricted Business. The parties hereto specifically acknowledge and agree that the remedy at law for any breach of the foregoing will be inadequate and that each Purchaser, in addition to any other relief available to it, shall be entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief without the necessity of proving actual damage or posting any bond whatsoever.
               (b) For a period from the date hereof to the second (2nd) anniversary of the Closing Date, Seller shall not and shall cause its Subsidiaries and, with respect to clause (i) below, successors (including successors of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries of any Qualifying Assets retained by Seller and its Subsidiaries after the Closing Date) and their respective employees not to: (i) cause, solicit, induce or encourage any Transferred Employees to leave employment with the Sale Business (other than through general advertising or other general solicitation not targeted to the Transferred Employees) or hire, employ or otherwise engage any such individual; provided, however, in respect of successors, those Transferred Employees in respect of whom the restrictions set forth in this Section 5.1(b) apply shall be limited to those listed on Schedule 5.1(b); or (ii) cause, induce or encourage any material actual client, customer, supplier or licensor of the Sale Business (including any existing or former customer of Seller or its Subsidiaries of the Sale Business) or any other Person who has a material business relationship with the Sale Business, to terminate or modify any such actual relationship; provided, however, the restrictions set forth in connection with clause (ii) shall apply to those entities listed in Schedule 1.1(c) to the extent such entities are successors to assets, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, of the Seller and its Subsidiaries.
               (c) For a period from the date hereof until the fourth (4th) anniversary of the Closing Date, Seller shall not and shall cause its Subsidiaries, Affiliates and successors (including successors of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries of any businesses retained by Seller and its Subsidiaries after the Closing Date) and their respective officers and directors in each case to whom such information is disclosed not to, directly or indirectly, disclose, reveal, divulge or communicate to any Person other than authorized officers, directors and employees of such Purchaser or use or otherwise exploit for its own benefit or for the benefit of anyone other than such Purchaser, any Confidential Information (as defined below). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Seller or any of its Subsidiaries receives a request or is required (by deposition, oral questions, interrogatory, request for documents, subpoena, governmental investigative demand or other legal or regulatory process) to disclose all or any part of the Confidential Information, Seller shall (i) promptly notify each Purchaser of the existence, terms and circumstances surrounding such a request, (ii) consult with each Purchaser on the advisability of taking legally available steps to resist or narrow such request, and (iii) cooperate with such Purchaser’s efforts to seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy. If such protective order or other remedy is not obtained or if such Purchaser waives compliance with the provisions hereof in writing, Seller may disclose only that portion of Confidential Information that it is advised by counsel is required, by Applicable Law, to be disclosed, and shall cooperate with such Purchaser’s efforts

49


 

to obtain assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such Confidential Information. For purposes of this Section 5.1(c), “Confidential Information” means any information with respect to the Sale Business, including methods of operation, customers, customer lists, products, prices, fees, costs, Technology, inventions, Trade Secrets, know-how, Software, marketing methods, plans, personnel, suppliers, competitors, markets or other specialized information or proprietary matters. Confidential Information does not include, and there shall be no obligation hereunder with respect to, information that (i) is generally available to the public on the date of this Agreement or (ii) becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure not otherwise permissible hereunder. For the avoidance of doubt, Confidential Information shall not include the filing of this Agreement and the related transaction documents or a summary thereof with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
               (d) The covenants and undertakings contained in this Section 5.1 relate to matters which are of a special, unique and extraordinary character and a violation of any of the terms of this Section 5.1 will cause irreparable injury to such Purchaser, the amount of which will be impossible to estimate or determine and which cannot be adequately compensated. Accordingly, the remedy at law for any breach of this Section 5.1 will be inadequate. Therefore, such Purchaser will be entitled to an injunction, restraining order or other equitable relief from any court of competent jurisdiction in the event of any breach of this Section 5.1 without the necessity of proving actual damages or posting any bond whatsoever. The rights and remedies provided by this Section 5.1 are cumulative and in addition to any other rights and remedies which such Purchaser may have hereunder or at law or in equity.
               (e) The parties hereto agree that, if any court of competent jurisdiction in a final nonappealable judgment determines that a specified time period, a specified geographical area, a specified business limitation or any other relevant feature of this Section 5.1 is unreasonable, arbitrary or against public policy, then a lesser time period, geographical area, business limitation or other relevant feature which is determined by such court to be reasonable, not arbitrary and not against public policy may be enforced against the applicable party.
          Section 5.2 Specific Performance for Necessary Assets. The representations and warranties contained in Sections 3.19(b) and (c) relate to matters which are of a special, unique and extraordinary character and a violation of any of the terms of Sections 3.19(b) and (c) will cause irreparable injury to Purchasers, the amount of which may be impossible to estimate or determine and which may not be adequately compensated. Accordingly, the remedy at law for any breach of Sections 3.19(b) and (c) may be inadequate. Therefore, each Purchaser will be entitled to an injunction, restraining order or other equitable relief from any court of competent jurisdiction in the event of any breach of this Sections 3.19(b) and (c) without the necessity of proving actual damages or posting any bond whatsoever. The rights and remedies provided by this Section 5.2 are cumulative, nonexclusive and in addition to any other rights and remedies which such Purchaser may have hereunder or at law or in equity. At least ten (10) Business Days prior to filing any such request for specific performance with any court Purchaser shall notify Seller of such alleged breach and negotiate in good faith a transfer of the alleged necessary asset.
          Section 5.3 Excluded Returns and Warranties. Each Purchaser (as applicable) shall provide reasonable notice to Seller of all returns of Seller Products from distributors prior

50


 

to the six (6) month anniversary of the Closing Date and all warranty claims, in each case on Seller Products shipped or delivered on or before the Closing Date and shall provide Seller with a reasonable opportunity to approve any such return or warranty claim which it shall be obligated to do absent a reasonable and good faith dispute as to whether such return or warranty claim is permitted under the original terms of sale; provided, however, that if Seller shall fail to respond within ten (10) Business Days following the receipt of such notice from a Purchaser, Seller shall be deemed to have approved of such return or claim.
          Section 5.4 Seller Possession of Transferred Assets. For as long as any Transferred Assets remain in the possession of Seller or its Subsidiaries, Seller shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, hold the Transferred Assets in complete confidence and protect such Transferred Assets from harm or damage, exercising at least the same degree of care used to protect and restrict disclosure and use of the Seller’s own confidential and proprietary information of a similar nature, but at least a reasonable degree of care.
ARTICLE VI
EMPLOYEE COVENANTS
          Section 6.1 Employee Matters. The parties hereto agree that:
               (a) Offers of Employment. Purchaser 1 or one of its Subsidiaries shall offer employment to all of the actively employed Business Employees listed on Schedule 6.1(a)(i) hereto (the “P1 Offered Employees”) and Purchaser 2 or one of its Affiliates shall offer employment to all of the actively employed Business Employees listed on Schedule 6.1(a)(ii) hereto (the “P2 Offered Employees” and together with the P1 Offered Employees, the “Offered Employees”), such employment offers to become effective on or after the Closing. Each one of the Offered Employees who accepts any such offer and becomes an employee of such Purchaser or Affiliate of such Purchaser on or after the Closing, shall, as of the first day he or she commences employment with such Purchaser, be referred to as a “Transferred Employee.” Purchaser 1 shall employ its Transferred Employees pursuant to the terms of the offer letters Purchaser 1 delivered to such Transferred Employees and Purchaser 2 shall employ its Transferred Employees pursuant to the terms of the offer letters Purchaser 2 delivered to such Transferred Employees. Effective as of the Closing, or upon commencement of employment with the Indian Entity, the Indian Entity shall provide each Indian Subsidiary Employee with the same compensation and health and welfare benefits as such employees has as of the Closing, including without limitation, full credit for the service of each Indian Subsidiary Employee to Seller as if such service had been performed with the Indian Entity with respect to eligibility under such benefits.
               (b) Certain Liabilities. All Liabilities relating to all current or former Business Employees, including any Liabilities accrued under the U.S. Employee Benefit Plans, related to periods of employment prior to commencement of employment with the applicable Purchaser and including any severance costs with respect to termination of Business Employees in connection with the Closing shall remain with and be paid by Seller and its Affiliates. All claims, allegations, obligations, debts and liabilities relating to any Transferred Employees,

51


 

which are attributable solely and exclusively to their employment with such Purchaser on or after the Closing shall be the exclusive responsibility of such Purchaser.
               (c) No Obligation to Maintain Employees or Plans. The terms of this Section 6.1 shall not entitle any Business Employee to remain in the employment of such Purchaser or its Affiliate or affect the right of such Purchaser or its Affiliate to terminate any Transferred Employee at any time, or affect the right of such Purchaser or its Affiliate to establish, modify or terminate any employee benefit plan or any benefit under any such plan at any time.
               (d) COBRA. Except as set forth in the following sentence, Seller and its Subsidiaries shall be exclusively responsible for complying with the Consolidated Omnibus Budge Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”) with respect to its employees (including the Transferred Employees) and their qualified beneficiaries by reason of such employee’s termination of employment with Seller or its Subsidiaries, and such Purchaser or its Affiliate shall not have any obligation or Liability to provide rights under such act on account of any such termination of employment. The applicable Purchaser shall be solely responsible for COBRA obligations to Transferred Employees and their qualified beneficiaries, relating to qualifying events that occur after the Closing Date.
               (e) Payroll Taxes. Seller shall transfer to the applicable Purchaser or its Affiliate any records relating to withholding and payment of income, disability, unemployment, FICA, and similar taxes (“Payroll Taxes”) with respect to wages paid by Seller during the 2009 calendar year to the applicable Transferred Employees. In accordance with the standard procedure described in Section 4 of the Internal Revenue Service Procedure 2004-53 and comparable state and local Payroll Tax laws, (i) the applicable Purchaser or its Affiliate and Seller shall report on predecessor/successor basis as set forth therein, (ii) Seller will not be relieved from filing a Form W-2 with respect to any Transferred Employees, and (iii) the applicable Purchaser or its Affiliate will undertake to file (or cause to be filed) a Form W-2 for each such Transferred Employee with respect to the portion of the year during which such Transferred Employees are employed by such Purchaser that includes the Closing Date, excluding the portion of such year that such Transferred Employee was employed by Seller.
               (f) Records. Seller shall make available to each Purchaser or its Affiliate all personnel records relating to its Transferred Employees to the extent permitted by Applicable Law.
               (g) Transferred Employee Vacation and Bonus Payout. Except with respect to any Indian Subsidiary Employee, on the Closing Date, or if later, the first day an Offered Employee becomes a Transferred Employee, Seller shall terminate such Transferred Employee and as soon as practicable following such date, but in any case in accordance with Applicable Law, shall pay to such Transferred Employee (i) the aggregate amount of vacation properly accrued under the vacation policy of Seller and (ii) the aggregate amount of bonuses accrued under any bonus policy of Seller. With respect to the Indian Subsidiary Employees, the Indian Subsidiary shall seek the resignation of each Indian Subsidiary Employee with the Indian Subsidiary effective as of the Closing Date, or such later time as the Indian Subsidiary and the India Entity agree, but in no case later than the end of the Transition Period. The

52


 

Indian Subsidiary shall pay each Indian Subsidiary Employee one months salary as an inducement of such employees’ resignation. To the extent any Indian Subsidiary Employee does not so resign, the Indian Subsidiary shall terminate such Indian Subsidiary Employees employment with the Indian Subsidiary. As soon as practicable following the effective date of such resignation or termination (as applicable), the Indian Subsidiary shall pay to such employee all amounts due to such employee pursuant to Applicable Law.
ARTICLE VII
COVENANTS OF PURCHASERS AND SELLER
          The parties hereto agree that:
          Section 7.1 Further Assurances. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Seller and each Purchaser shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under Applicable Law to effectuate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including (a) preparing and filing as promptly as practicable with any Governmental Authority or other Third Party all documentation to effect all necessary filings, notices, petitions, statements, registrations, submissions of information, applications and other documents and (b) obtaining and maintaining all approvals, consents, registrations, permits, authorizations and other confirmations required to be obtained from any Governmental Authority or other Third Party that are necessary, proper or advisable to effectuate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each Purchaser and Seller shall (i) promptly notify each other party hereto of any written or oral communication to that party or its Affiliates from any Governmental Authority and, subject to Applicable Law, permit each other party to review in advance any proposed written communication to any Governmental Authority, in each case concerning this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) not agree to participate, or to permit its Affiliates to participate, in any substantive meeting or discussion with any Governmental Authority in respect of any filings, investigation or inquiry concerning this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby unless it consults with each other party in advance and, to the extent permitted by such Governmental Authority and consistent with the reasonably determined confidentiality obligations of each party, gives each other party the opportunity to attend and participate in such meeting, provided, that if the Governmental Authority does not permit such participation by the other parties, or if all parties agree that such joint participation would not be advisable, each party shall allow outside counsel for the other parties to attend and participate to the extent permitted by the Governmental Authority and (iii) furnish each other party with copies of all correspondence, filings, and communications (and memoranda setting forth the substance thereof) between them and their Affiliates and their respective Representatives, on the one hand, and any Governmental Authority or members of their respective staffs, on the other hand, concerning this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
          Section 7.2 Public Announcements. Each Purchaser and Seller shall consult with each other party before issuing any press release, making any other public statement, or scheduling any press conference or conference call with investors or analysts, with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby and, except as may be required by

53


 

Applicable Law or any listing agreement with or rule of any national securities exchange or association, shall not issue any such press release, make any such other public statement, or schedule any such press conference or conference call before such consultation.
          Section 7.3 Accounts Receivable (a) . From and after the Closing, each Purchaser shall remit (a) to Seller all accounts receivable attributable to it under the terms of this Agreement and other related items that are included in the Excluded Assets that such Purchaser receives and (b) to the other Purchaser all accounts receivable attributable or arising out of such Purchaser’s respective Transferred Assets. From and after the Closing, if Seller or any of its Subsidiaries shall receive payments in respect of accounts receivable attributable to or arising out of the Sale Business or the Transferred Assets with respect to the period after the Closing, then Seller shall promptly forward such payment to the applicable Purchaser.
ARTICLE VIII
INDEMNIFICATION
          Section 8.1 Indemnification by Seller.
               (a) Subject to the limitations set forth in this ARTICLE VIII, Seller shall indemnify, hold harmless and reimburse each of the Purchasers, Purchasers’ Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees, stockholders, members, partners, agents, attorneys, representatives, successors and assigns (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) for all losses, liabilities, claims, obligations, deficiencies, demands, judgments, damages (including incidental and consequential damages), interest, fines, penalties, claims, suits, actions, causes of action, assessments, awards, costs and expenses (including costs of investigation and defense and reasonable attorneys’ and other professionals’ fees), or any diminution in value, whether or not involving a third party claim (collectively, “Damages”), based upon, attributable to, arising out of or resulting from:
                    (i) the failure of any of the representations or warranties made by Seller in this Agreement or in any Seller Document to be true and correct in all respects at and as of the date hereof;
                    (ii) the breach of any covenant or other agreement on the part of Seller under this Agreement or in any Seller Document;
                    (iii) any Excluded Asset or any Excluded Liability;
                    (iv) (A) any employment-related liability (statutory or otherwise) with respect to employment or termination of employment of any Business Employee on or prior to the Closing Date (including liability for severance benefits related to termination by Seller) or (B) any liability relating to, arising under or in

54


 

connection with any U.S. Employee Benefit Plan of Seller or its Affiliates, including any liability under COBRA, whether arising prior to, on or after the Closing Date; and
                    (v) any Third Party Claim (as defined below) arising out of or resulting from clauses (i) through (iv) above.
          Section 8.2 Procedure for Third Party Claims.
               (a) A claim for indemnification for any matter not involving a Third Party Claim may be asserted by notice to Seller; provided, however, that (except as set forth in Section 8.3 below) failure to so notify the Seller shall not preclude the Indemnified Party from any indemnification which it may claim in accordance with this Article VIII.
               (b) In the event that any Proceedings shall be instituted or that any claim or demand, other than a claim, demand or Proceeding in respect of tax matters, which shall be governed by Section 8.2(c), shall be asserted by any third party in respect of which indemnification may be sought under Section 8.1(a) hereof (regardless of the limitations set forth in Section 8.3) (“Third Party Claim”), the Indemnified Party shall promptly cause written notice of the assertion of any Third Party Claim of which it has Knowledge which is covered by this indemnity to be forwarded to the Seller. The failure of the Indemnified Party to give reasonably prompt notice of any Third Party Claim shall not release, waive or otherwise affect the Seller’s obligations with respect thereto except to the extent that Seller can demonstrate actual loss and prejudice as a result of such failure. Subject to the provisions of this Section 8.2, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to be represented by counsel of its choice and to defend against, negotiate, settle or otherwise deal with any Third Party Claim which relates to any Damages indemnified against by Seller hereunder. If the Indemnified Party elects to defend against, negotiate, settle or otherwise deal with any Third Party Claim which relates to any Damages indemnified against by Seller hereunder, it shall within five (5) days of the Indemnified Party’s written notice of the assertion of such Third Party Claim (or sooner, if the nature of the Third Party Claim so requires) notify Seller of its intent to do so. In the event that Seller has not explicitly consented to any settlement of a Third Party Claim (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), any such settlement of a Third Party Claim by the Indemnified Party shall not be determinative of the existence of or amount of Damages relating to such claim. If the Indemnified Party elects not to defend against, negotiate, settle or otherwise deal with any Third Party Claim which relates to any Damages indemnified against by Seller hereunder, Seller may defend against, negotiate, settle or otherwise deal with such Third Party Claim. If the Indemnified Party defends any Third Party Claim, then Seller shall reimburse the Indemnified Party for the expenses of defending such Third Party Claim upon submission of periodic bills. If Seller shall assume the defense of any Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party may participate, at its own expense, in the defense of such Third Party Claim; provided, however, that such Indemnified Party shall be entitled to participate in any such defense with separate counsel at the expense of Seller if (i) so requested by Seller to participate or (ii) in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Indemnified Party a conflict or potential conflict exists between the Indemnified Party and Seller that would make such separate representation advisable; and provided, further, that Seller shall not be required to pay for more than one such counsel (plus any appropriate local counsel) for all indemnified parties in connection with any Third Party

55


 

Claim. Each party hereto agrees to provide reasonable access to each other party to such documents and information as may reasonably by requested in connection with the defense, negotiation or settlement of any such Third Party Claim. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 8.2 to the contrary, neither the Indemnified Party nor Seller shall, without the written consent of the other party, settle or compromise any Third Party Claim or permit a default or consent to entry of any judgment unless the claimant (or claimants) provide to such other party an unqualified release from all liability in respect of the Third Party Claim.
          (c) With respect to any Taxes for which indemnification is sought pursuant to Section 8.1(a)(iii), the Seller shall, at its option, have full and exclusive authority to defend, adjust, compromise or settle any Third Party Claim in respect of such Taxes, including audits and other tax-related disputes, with any such compromise or settlement subject to the written approval of the Indemnified Party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
          (d) With respect to any Third Party Claim subject to indemnification under this ARTICLE VIII, the parties shall cooperate in such a manner as to preserve in full (to the extent practicable) the confidentiality of all confidential information and the attorney-client and work-product privileges. In connection therewith, each party agrees that: (i) it will use reasonable efforts, in respect of any Third Party Claim in which it has assumed or has participated in the defense, to avoid production of confidential information of the other party (consistent with Applicable Law and rules of procedure), and (ii) all communications between any parties hereto and counsel responsible for or participating in the defense of any Third Party Claim will, to the extent possible, be made so as to preserve an applicable attorney-client or work-product privilege.
     Section 8.3 Claims Period; Limitation on Indemnification.
          (a) Survival. The representations and warranties of the Seller contained in this Agreement, any certificate delivered pursuant hereto or any Seller Document shall survive the Closing through and including the first anniversary of the Closing Date; provided, however, that the representations and warranties of Seller set forth in Section 3.2 (Corporate Authorization) and Section 3.19(b) and (c) (Assets Other than Real Property Interests; Sufficiency) shall survive the Closing indefinitely (in each case, the “Survival Period”) ; provided, further, that the representations and warranties of Seller set forth in Section 3.12 (Taxes) shall survive ninety (90) days following the applicable statute of limitations; provided, further, that any obligations under Section 8.1(a) shall not terminate with respect to any Damages as to which the Indemnified Party shall have given notice to Seller in accordance with Section 8.2 before the termination of the applicable Survival Period.
          (b) Cap. Except with respect to fraud, intentional misrepresentation, and the representations and warranties of Seller set forth in Section 3.2 (Corporate Authorization) and Sections 3.19(b) and (c) (Assets Other than Real Property Interests; Sufficiency), Seller’s aggregate indemnification obligations pursuant to Section 8.1(a)(i), and to the extent it relates to Section 8.1(a)(i), Section 8.1(a)(v), shall not exceed the Escrow Amount.
          (c) Tipping Basket. Seller shall not have any liability under Section 8.1(a)(i) and, to the extent it relates to Sections 8.1(a)(i), Section 8.1(a)(v) hereof, unless the

56


 

aggregate amount of Damages incurred by the Indemnified Parties and indemnifiable thereunder based upon, attributable to or resulting from the failure of any of the representations or warranties to be true and correct exceeds $310,000 (the “Indemnification Basket”) and, in such event, Seller shall be required to pay the entire amount of all such Damages; provided that the Indemnification Basket limitation shall not apply to Damages related to fraud, intentional misrepresentation, and the failure to be true and correct of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.2 (Corporate Authorization) and Sections 3.19(b) and (c) (Assets Other than Real Property Interests; Sufficiency).
          (d) No Implied Waiver. The right to indemnification or any other remedy based on representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of Seller in this Agreement or any Seller Document shall not be affected by any investigation conducted by any Purchaser at any time, or any knowledge acquired (or capable of being acquired) by Purchaser at any time, whether before or after the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Closing Date, with respect to the accuracy or inaccuracy of or compliance with, any such representation, warranty, covenant or agreement. The waiver by a Purchaser of any condition based on the accuracy of any representation or warranty of Seller, or on the performance of or compliance with such covenant or agreements of Seller, will not affect such Purchaser’s right to indemnification or any other remedy based on such representations, warranties, covenants and agreements.
     Section 8.4 Additional Limitations on Indemnification. The parties hereto agree that with respect to each indemnification obligation in this Agreement, all Damages shall be net of (a) any insurance proceeds (minus the premium costs of such insurance) which have been recovered by the Indemnified Party in connection with the facts giving rise to the right of indemnification under this Agreement and (b) any Tax benefit arising from such Damages actually received in the year of such Damages by the Indemnified Party minus all costs and expenses associated with obtaining such Tax benefit. The parties hereto agree that Seller shall have no indemnification obligation for any Damages to any Indemnified Party to the extent they are duplicative of Damages to any other Indemnified Party that is an Affiliate of such Indemnified Party or that they have already recovered under another provision of this Agreement.
     Section 8.5 Exceptions to Exclusive Remedy. The parties hereto agree that nothing in this Agreement shall limit or impair the obligations of any party hereto under Applicable Law for Damages arising out of fraud, intentional misrepresentation by such party, violations of Section 5.1 and any Excluded Asset or any Excluded Liability.
     Section 8.6 Duty to Mitigate Damages. The parties hereto agree that nothing in this Agreement shall limit or impair the obligations (if any) of any party hereto under Applicable Law or equitable principles to mitigate the Damages otherwise subject to indemnification under this Agreement.
     Section 8.7 Tax Effect of Indemnification Payments. All indemnity payments made by Seller to the Indemnified Parties pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated for all Tax purposes as adjustments to the Total Consideration.

57


 

     Section 8.8 Exclusive Remedy. Subject to Section 8.5, the right to obtain indemnification pursuant to this ARTICLE VIII shall be the Indemnified Parties’ sole and exclusive remedy against Seller for any breach by Seller of the terms of this Agreement, or any other claim or cause of action against any Seller, whether in contract, tort, under statute or otherwise arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS
     Section 9.1 Notices. All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile transmission) and shall be given,
if to Purchaser 1, to:
Maxim Integrated Products, Inc.
120 San Gabriel Drive
Sunnyvale, CA 94086
Attention:       Mark Casper
Facsimile No.:    (408) 331-1473
with a copy to:
Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
201 Redwood Shores Parkway
Redwood Shores, CA 94065
Attention:       Craig W. Adas
Facsimile No.:    (650) 802-3100
if to Purchaser 2 or Purchaser 2 Parent, to:
Universal Electronics Inc.
6101 Gateway Drive
Cypress, CA 90630
Attention:       Richard Firehammer, Jr.
Facsimile No.: (440) 708-0721
with a copy to:
Jones Day
555 S. Flower Street
Los Angeles, CA 90071
Attention:       Chelsea A. Grayson
Facsimile No.:    (213) 243-2539
if to Seller, to:

58


 

ZiLOG, Inc.
6800 Santa Teresa Blvd.
San Jose, CA 95119
Attention:       Darin Billerbeck
Facsimile No.:    (408) 513-1583
with a copy to:
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
525 University Avenue, Suite 1100
Palo Alto, CA 94301
Attention:       Thomas Ivey Facsimile No.:    (650) 470-4570
or to such other address or facsimile number as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to each other party hereto. All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. on a Business Day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day in the place of receipt.
     Section 9.2 Amendments and Waivers. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed, in the case of an amendment, by each party to this Agreement or, in the case of a waiver, by each party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by Applicable Law.
     Section 9.3 Expenses. Except as otherwise provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement shall be paid by the party incurring such cost or expense.
     Section 9.4 Disclosure Schedule References. The parties hereto agree that any reference in a particular Section of the Seller Disclosure Schedule shall only be deemed to be an exception to (or, as applicable, a disclosure for purposes of) (i) the representations and warranties (or covenants, as applicable) of Seller that are contained in the corresponding Section of this Agreement and (ii) any other representations and warranties (or covenants, as applicable) of Seller that are contained in this Agreement, but only if the relevance of that reference as an exception to (or a disclosure for purposes of) such representations and warranties (or covenants, as applicable) are reasonably apparent on its face.
     Section 9.5 Purchaser Liability. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Purchaser 1 shall not be liable to Seller for the acts of, obligations of or breach of any provision of this Agreement by Purchaser 2 and vice a versa. Notwithstanding

59


 

any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Purchaser 2 Parent shall be liable to Seller for the acts of, obligations of or breach of any provision of this Agreement by Purchaser 2.
     Section 9.6 Binding Effect; Benefit; Assignment.
          (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. No provision of this Agreement is intended to confer any rights, benefits, remedies, obligations or liabilities hereunder upon any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.
          (b) No party may assign, delegate or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the consent of each other party hereto, except that any Purchaser may transfer or assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement, in whole or from time to time in part, to one or more of its Affiliates at any time; provided that such transfer or assignment shall not relieve such Purchaser of any of its obligations hereunder.
     Section 9.7 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law rules of such State.
     Section 9.8 Jurisdiction. The parties hereto agree that any Proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be brought in any federal court located in the State of Delaware or any Delaware state court, and each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such Proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such Proceeding in any such court or that any such Proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such Proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party as provided in Section 9.1 shall be deemed effective service of process on such party.
     Section 9.9 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
     Section 9.10 Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. This Agreement shall become effective when each party hereto shall have received a counterpart hereof signed by all of the other parties hereto. Until and unless each party has received a counterpart hereof signed by each other party hereto, this Agreement shall have no effect and no party shall have any right or obligation hereunder (whether by virtue of any other oral or written agreement or other communication).

60


 

     Section 9.11 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Seller Documents and the Purchasers Documents, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both oral and written, between the parties with respect to their subject matter.
     Section 9.12 Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such a determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.
     Section 9.13 Specific Performance. Seller acknowledges and agrees that the breach of this Agreement would cause irreparable damage to Purchasers and that such Purchaser will not have an adequate remedy at law. Therefore, the obligations of Seller under this Agreement, including Seller’s obligation to sell the Transferred Assets to the applicable Purchaser, shall be enforceable by a decree of specific performance issued by any court of competent jurisdiction, and appropriate injunctive relief may be applied for and granted in connection therewith. Such remedies shall, however, be cumulative and not exclusive and shall be in addition to any other remedies which any party may have under this Agreement or otherwise.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

61


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives as of the day and year first above written.
         
  Maxim Integrated Products, Inc.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  UEI Electronics Private Limited
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  UEI Cayman Inc.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  Universal Electronics Inc.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
         
  ZiLOG, Inc.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
         
  ZiLOG India Electronics Pvt Ltd
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT]
         

 


 

         
     
     
     
     
 
Exhibit A – Escrow Agreement

 


 

Exhibit B – Purchaser 1 License Agreement

 


 

Exhibit C – Purchaser 2 License Agreement

 


 

Exhibit D – Transition Services Agreement

 


 

Exhibit E – Mutual Release

 


 

Exhibit F – Key Employee Offer Letters

 


 

Exhibit G – Skadden Opinion

 

exv21w1
Exhibit 21.1
Universal Electronics Inc.
List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant
One For All Argentina S.R.L (organized under the laws of Argentina)
One For All France S.A.S. (organized under the laws of France)
One For All GmbH (organized under the laws of Germany)
One For All Iberia S.L. (organized under the laws of Spain)
One For All UK, Ltd. (organized under the laws of the United Kingdom)
UEI Cayman Inc. (organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands)
UEI Electronics Private Limited (organized under the laws of India)
UEI Hong Kong Private Limited (organized under the laws of Hong Kong)
UE Singapore Pte. Ltd. (organized under the laws of Republic of Singapore)
Universal Electronics BV (organized under the laws of the Netherlands)
Universal Electronics Italia S.R.L. (organized under the laws of Italy)
Ultra Control Consumer Electronics GmbH (organized under the laws of Germany)

 

exv23w1
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We have issued our reports dated March 3, 2009, with respect to the consolidated financial statements, schedules and internal control over financial reporting included in the Annual Report of Universal Electronics Inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008. We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference of said reports in the Registration Statements of Universal Electronics Inc. on Forms S-8 (File No. 33-66426, effective July 23, 1993, File No. 333-09021, effective August 14, 1996; File No. 333-23985, effective March 26, 1997; File No. 333-91101, effective November 17, 1999; File No. 333-95715, January 31, 2000; File No. 333-47378, effective October 5, 2000; File No. 333-103038, effective February 7, 2003, File No. 333-117782, effective July 30, 2004), and File No. 333-149926, effective March 27, 2008).
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
Irvine, California
March 3, 2009

 

exv31w1
Exhibit 31.1
Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications
I, Paul D. Arling, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Universal Electronics Inc.;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a)   designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)   all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 13, 2009
     
/s/ Paul D. Arling
   
 
   
Paul D. Arling
   
Chief Executive Officer
   

 

exv31w2
Exhibit 31.2
Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications
I, Bryan M. Hackworth, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Universal Electronics Inc.;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a)   designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)   all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 13, 2009
     
/s/ Bryan M. Hackworth
   
 
   
Bryan M. Hackworth
   
Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer
and principal accounting officer)
   
   

 

exv32w1
Exhibit 32.1
Section 1350 Certifications
Paul D. Arling, as Chief Executive Officer of Universal Electronics Inc. (the “Company”), certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1)   the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
(2)   the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
     
/s/ Paul D. Arling
   
 
   
Paul D. Arling
   
Chief Executive Officer
   
March 13, 2009
   

 

exv32w2
Exhibit 32.2
Section 1350 Certifications
Bryan M. Hackworth, as Chief Financial Officer of Universal Electronics Inc. (the “Company”), certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1)   the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
(2)   the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
     
/s/ Bryan M. Hackworth
   
 
   
Bryan M. Hackworth
   
Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer
   
and principal accounting officer)
   
March 13, 2009